environmental impact analysis - AGA

Transcription

Head Office: Gedung Sentral Senayan Lt. 4, Jl. Asia Afrika VIII No. 8 Jakarta Selatan
CONSEPT
For Presentation Purposes
submitted to EIA Commission
of East Kalimantan Province
BOOK I ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ANALYSIS
AMMONIUM NITRATE FACTORY PT KALTIM NITRATE INDONESIA IN THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE OF PT KALTIM INDUSTRIAL ESTATE
BONTANG CITY, EAST KALIMANTAN PROVINCE
SEPTEMBER 2007
Environmental Impact Analysis of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI
FOREWORD
PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia (KNI) will construct and operate Ammonium Nitrate
Factory located in Industrial Estate of PT. Kaltim Industrial Estate (KIE), Bontang
City, East Kalimantan Province. The factory core production is designed to
produce Ammonium Nitrate in the capacity of 300,000 tones / year AN, that will be
used as commercial explosive raw materials, 90% of which will be marketed in
country. The main raw materials to produce Ammonium nitrate are Ammonia and
Nitric acid. Ammonia will be supplied by PT Pupuk Kaltim, while Nitric acid will be
supplied directly by its producer. The permit construction of Ammonium Nitrate
Factory was issued by the Capital Investment Coordination Body Number
473/III/PMA/2007 dated on 11 April 2007.
Based on the Government Regulation Number 27 Year 1999 Article 4 section (1)
and (2) regarding Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), the petrochemical
industry located in the area that has been equipped by EIA document (in this case
is the “SEL” document of Industrial Estate of PT Pupuk Kaltim) is not compulsory
to carry out the EIA, however, such industry is compulsory to manage
environmental impact and to conserve environmental function and these have to
be declared in Environmental Management Plan (RKL) and Environmental
Monitoring Plan (RPL) documents. The environmental parameters that have to be
managed and monitored are determined based on the significant impact
recommended by Environmental Impact Analysis.
The Environmental Impact Analysis Document of Ammonium Nitrate Factory is
composed by PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia in collaboration with Environmental
Research Centre, Research Institute of Diponegoro University.
I express my sincere gratitude to any other parties who have landed their hands in
arranging this document.
Jakarta, September 2007
PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia,
Ir. Antung Pandoyo
Managing Director
ii
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
1.1. BACKGROUND
PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia (KNI) is one of private national company in the field
of explosive raw material, plans to construct and operate Ammonium nitrate
Factory located in the industrial estate of PT. Kaltim Industrial Estate (KIE),
Bontang City, East Kalimantan Province.
The Ammonium nitrate Factory of PT KNI is designed to produce Ammonium
nitrate as a core production in the capacity of 300,000 tones / year AN, which will
be used as commercial explosive raw materials. Ninety percents of the
production will be marketed in country especially to fulfil the needs of blasting
materials used in mining.
The main raw materials in Ammonium nitrate productions are Ammonia and Nitric
acid. Ammonia will be supplied by PT Pupuk Kaltim, while Nitric acid will be
supplied directly by its producer. The permit construction of Ammonium nitrate
Factory was issued by the Capital Investment Coordination Body Number
473/III/PMA/2007 dated on 11 April 2007.
PT KNI as the proponent will arrange Environmental Impact Analysis, in which
environmental
management
and
monitoring
recommendations
will
be
incorporated in the documents of Environmental Management Plans (RKL) and
Environmental Monitoring Plans (RPL). The RKL and RPL documents will be
presented to EIA Commission of East Kalimantan Province to gain living
environmental feasibility brief decision from the Governor of East Kalimantan
Province as the holder competency stated on the Decree of the Ministry of
Environment Number 40 Year 2000, Article 1 section (5).
PT KNI as the national private company located in the industrial estate of PT KIE,
in its activity plans, will apply environmental concept of company policy in order to
comply with the environmental regulations as well as to anticipate any possible
emerging impacts, i.e. by carrying out environmental impact assessment, the
negative impacts that are possibly occurred can be reduced.
Chapter I: Introduction
I- 1
1.2. THE AIMS AND THE ADVANTAGES
The arrangement of Environmental Impact Analysis which its recommendations
will be incorporated in the documents of RKL-RPL is aimed:
1.
To identify the environmental changes from its initial condition and impact
occurred due to construction and operation activities of Ammonium Nitrate
Factory,
2.
To cope and to manage the negative impacts inside and in the surrounding
ambient environment of Ammonium Nitrate Factory,
3.
To enhance positive impacts inside and in the surrounding ambient
environment of Ammonium Nitrate Factory,
4.
To fulfil the initiator obligatory and responsibility in the field of environmental
management in supporting government economic programme and national
industrial development.
The advantages of Environmental Impact Analysis are:
1. For the Proponent
a) To understand and to develop the applied environmental management
resulted from the studies in order to warrant preservation function,
b) To extend Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI technical times,
c) As an environmental management proof tool in the occurring complains
related to activities’ impact of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI.
2. For the Government
a) To know the environmental changes occurred in the project site of
Ammonium Nitrate Factory of PT KNI activities and its surrounding,
especially the negative impact caused by the activities,
b) As a consideration in regional and national development decision as well as
policy, especially the environmental management and monitoring in the
surrounding Ammonium Nitrate Factory of PT. KNI.
3. For the community
a) To understand the environmental changes that will occur in their area,
especially for those living in impacted area caused by the activities of
Ammonium Nitrate Factory of PT KNI.
I- 2
b) As a substance of community’s consideration in order to participate in
environmental management and monitoring activities.
1.3. REGULATIONS
1.3.1. BASIC REGULATIONS OF CONDUCTING EIA
Ammonium Nitrate Factory of PT KNI construction plan can cause significant to
the environment. Referring to Article 15 Section (1) and Article 18 Section (1) of
the Statute Number 23 Year 1997 on Environmental Management stated that in
order to get activity permission, every activity plan potentially causing significant
impact to the environment is compulsory to carry out Environmental Impact
Assessment.
Based on Article 2 of Government Regulation Number 27 Year 1999 on
Environmental Impact Assessment, the Environmental Impact Assessment
arranged by the proponent is a part of feasibility studies, which results will be
used as a substance in regional development plan.
The construction of Ammonium Nitrate Factory that is compulsory to be
completed with Environmental Impact Assessment is referring to the criteria
stated on the Appendix (Point 3, Section G of Industry Section) of the Decree of
the State Minister on Environment of the Republic of Indonesia Number 11
Year 2006 on the Types of Effort Plan and/or Activity subjected to be completed
with Environmental Impact Assessment. Stated on the decree that for all
petrochemical upper industry is compulsory to carry out Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA).
Particular scientific reason that petrochemical upper industry is necessity to
conduct the EIA is due to the activity is common in emerging impact. This
because the activity is:
1) Using quite large area,
2) Requiring a large amount of water,
3) Requiring a large amount of energy,
4) Requiring a large number of workers,
5) Potential in generating wastes: gases (SO2 and NOx), dust (SiO2), waste
waters (TSS, BOD, COD, NH4Cl) as well as toxic and hazardous catalyst
wastes.
I- 3
This environmental impact study arrangement is expected to give advantages to
the surrounding communities, proponent, government and the environment.
Basic considerations used in this EIA Study are:
First, the various aspects of the activity plan and the various environmental
factors thus there must be a guide for activities’ component as well as
environmental components that have to be assessed.
Second, the limiting factors of resources such as time, budget, personnel and
method hence there must be affirmation on how to match the aims and the
expected results in the limited resources without decreasing the quality of the
study.
Third, efficiency factor related to data and information collected for arranging
document purposes so that data and information collection has to be limited on
factors directly related to the study needs.
The parties involved in arranging this Environmental Impact Assessment
document i.e. proponent (PT KNI), industrial estate management (PT KIE),
specific harbour and industrial complex management (PT PKT), responsibility
institutions (Regional Environmental Impact Management Board of East
Kalimantan Province, and Environment Office of Bontang City), communities
living in the surrounding factory site (Guntung and Loktuan villages) and the
document arranger (PPLH UNDIP).
In arranging the document, started from the beginning, experts and affected
communities have been involved; community including NGOs consultation in
Guntung and Loktuan Villages has also been conducted.
The EIA results are beneficial for both decision makers and planners to
determine environmental management/monitoring alternatives. The document
clearly and distinctly reflects environmental concept as indicated through:
1. The accommodation of involved parties’ (stakeholders) aspirations related to
factors which are considered important to be assessed,
2. The existence of analysis and evaluation of alternative activity plans that are
technically, economically, and ecologically reasonable to prevent the
emerging larger negative impacts,
I- 4
3. Awareness on environmental characteristics potentially changed from their
initial condition, such as the classification of environmental component that
its functions will be prevented, maintained, and preserved; as well as
environmental components that will be fundamentally changed.
4. Understanding on interrelatedness and interdependency in the ecosystem of
Bontang City coastal area.
Following is the document arrangement flow diagram:
Data and information collection on activity plan and the initial condition of the
environment
Projection on the change of the initial condition of the environment
caused by activity plan
Recommendation for the decision maker, planner and
environmental manager:
1) Activity Alternatives
2) Environmental Management Plan
3) Environmental Monitoring Plan
1.3.2. BASIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDIES
1)
Environmental Evaluation Study (SEL) of Industrial Complex of PT. Pupuk
Kaltim approved by EIA Commission of Industrial Department through the
Approval Letter Number of 189/SJ/III/1992 dated on 28 March 1992. The
study has been arranged based on the Stipulate Number 4 Year 1982 on
Basic Environmental Management and Government Regulation Number 29
Year 1986 on the EIA.
2)
Following the SEL of Industrial Complex of PT. Pupuk Kaltim was the
arrangement of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental
Monitoring Plan documents (RKL – RPL) of Industrial Estate of PT Kaltim
Industrial Estate, approved by the Ministry of Industrial Affair through the
Approval Letter Number of 926/M/10/1993 dated on 20 October 1993.
I- 5
3)
In accordance with the issuing Government Regulation Number 51 Year
1993 on the EIA which has annulled Government Regulation Number 29
Year 1986, the RKL-RPL of Industrial Estate of PT. KIE is used as the bases
in arranging environmental impact assessment documents of the existing
factories’ operation activities as well as the factories that will be located in
the industrial estate of PT. KIE.
4)
In accordance with the reformation requirements, environmental regulations
have been renewed by the issuing Stipulate Number 23 Year 1997 on
Environmental Management and the issuing Government Regulation
Number 27 Year 1999 on Environmental Impact Assessment.
5)
No clauses, in Stipulate Number 23 Year 1997 on Environmental
Management and Government Regulation Number 27 Year 1999 on EIA,
mention any statements about the annulations of the environmental
documents which the studies have been carried out based on former
regulations (Stipulate Number 4 Year 1982 on Basic Environmental
Management and Government Regulation Number 29 Year 1986 on the EIA
junction Government Regulation Number 51 Year 1993 on EIA), and
therefore the SEL document of Industrial Complex of PT Pupuk Kaltim as
well as RKL-RPL documents of Industrial Estate of PT KIE approved by
Industrial Affair Department’s EIA Commission are still valid.
6) In accordance with reformation requirements, Environmental Regulations
have been synchronized with the Stipulation Number 22 Year 1999 on
Regional Government junction Stipulation Number 32 Year 2004 on Regional
Government. Stated in its clause that a part of the environmental matters is
decentralized to the regional government. Referring to Article 1 section (5) of
Decree of the State Minister of Environment Number 40 Year 2000 on a
Guide of EIA Commission Organization, the environmental documents of
petrochemical upper industry are evaluated in Provincial EIA Commission.
Therefore, the environmental documents of Industrial Estate of PT KIE are
evaluated by EIA Commission of East Kalimantan Province.
I- 6
7)
Referring to Article 4 Section (2) of Government Regulation Number 27 Year
1999 on EIA, the petrochemical industry located in the industrial estate that
has been already equipped by EIA document (in this case the SEL document
of Industrial Complex of PT Pupuk Kaltim) is not subjected to carry out the
EIA, however, it is still compulsory to carry out environmental impact
management and environmental function preservation suitable with industrial
estate RKL-RPL (in this case RKL-RPL which is arranged based on Stipulate
Number 4 Year 1982 on Basic Environmental Management, Government
Regulation Number 29 Year 1986 on EIA and Government Regulation
Number 51 Year 1993 on EIA)
8)
Based on Article 15 section (1) and Article 18 Section (1) of Stipulate
Number 27 Year 1999 on EIA, and Appendix 1 (Point 3 Petrochemical upper
industry, Section G of Industry Section) of the Decree of the State Minister
on Environment of the Republic of Indonesia Number 11 Year 2006, the
factory activities located in Industrial estate of PT KIE and Industrial Complex
of PT Pupuk Kaltim are categorized as can emerge magnitude and
significant impact. Therefore, the factory activities have to be completed with
environmental management and monitoring in the form of RKL and RPL
documents (not UKL and UPL documents).
9)
PT. KNI as the proponent of Ammonium Nitrate Factory construction will
carry out environmental study in which the environmental management and
monitoring recommendation will be incorporated in the documents of
Environmental Management Plan (RKL) and Environmental Monitoring Plan
(RPL) of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI located in the industrial estate of
PT KIE, Bontang City, East Kalimantan Province.
1.3.3. STATUTES AND REGULATIONS RELATED TO ACTIVITY PLAN
Statutes and regulations related to effort plan and/or activities including their
reasoning short explanation are presented on Table 1.1.
I- 7
Table 1.1. Statutes and Regulations Related to the Activity Plan
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
A. STATUTES
1.
Number 5 Year 1960
Basic Regulation of Agrarian Principles
Related to land exemption process and law affirmation of land ownership and
land use.
2.
Number 5 Year 1984
Industrial Affairs
Production process activities of Ammonium nitrate factory are industrial sector
activities.
3.
Number 5 Year 1990
Natural Resources Conservation and Their
Ecosystems
Production process and production shipping in the harbour are potential to
disturb natural resources and their ecosystems
4.
Number 14 Year 1992
Transportation and Street Carriage
Parts of materials and equipments’ transportation activities use street
transportation mode.
5.
Number 21 Year 1992
Shipping
Materials, equipments, aiding materials, and the production transportation
activities use seawater transportation mode.
6.
Number 5 Year 1994
Validation of UNO Convention on Bio Diversity
Production process and shipping activity are potential to disturb biodiversity.
7.
Number 6 Year 1996
Indonesian Seawaters
Part of the activities uses seawater space.
8.
Number 23 Year 1997
Environmental Management
All activities can emerge magnitude and significant impacts and therefore in
order to get activity permit the activities are subjected to carry out the EIA.
9.
Number 7 Year 2004
Water Resources Management
Production process needs masses of waters taken from surface water and /or
ground water.
10.
Number 25 Year 2007
Foreign Investment
Infestation status of PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia is foreign investment
11.
Number 26 Year 2007
Spatial Use
Related to the suitability of activity plan location with spatial use.
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I- 8
Table 1.1. Statutes and Regulations Related to the Activity Plan (Continuation)
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
B. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
1.
Number 27 Year 1980
Digging material management
Soil used for factory land preparation is classified as digging material C
category.
2.
Number 41 Year 1993
Street carriage
Part of transportation activities uses street transportation mode.
3.
Number 43 Year 1993
Street transportation infrastructure
Part of transportation activities uses street transportation mode.
4.
Number 7 Year 1999
Activities’ plan is potential to disturb endangered biota species.
5.
Number 18 Year 1999
Biota Species conservation
Pollution Control and / or Seawater
Destruction
6.
Number 27 Year 1999
Environmental Impact Assessment
All the activities can emerge magnitude and significant impact; therefore it is
subjected to carry out the EIA.
7.
Number 41 Year 1999
Air Pollution Control
Digging activity and production process are potential to decrease air quality.
8.
Number 82 Year 1999
Shipping
Part of the transportation activities uses seawater transportation mode.
9.
Number 69 Year 2001
Harbour Affairs
Equipment, material, aiding material, and product transportation activities use
seawater transportation mode, meanwhile the pier site is located in specific
Harbour of PT. Pupuk Kaltim.
10.
12.
Number 16 Year 2004
The conduction of Stipulate Number 11 Year
1967 on Basic Criteria of Mining
Water Quality Management and Water
Pollution Control.
Land use
Soil digging activity used for factory land preparation is categorized as mining
sector activity.
11.
Number 75 Year 2001 jo
Number 32 Year 1969
Number 82 Year 2001
Bab I : Pendahuluan
Activities plan is potential to cause pollution impact and or seawater
destruction.
The activities’ impact is potential to decrease water quality.
Land used for the activity is potential to change original land use.
I- 9
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
C. DECREE OF PRESIDENT OF INDONESIA
1.
Number 32 Year 1990
Management of conservation area
Factory location in industrial estate of PT. KIE is bordered with Kutai National
Park.
Seashore reclamation activity as factory land preparation is potential to
change shore border.
2.
Number 46 Year 1986
Validation of International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 and
Protocol of 1978 Relating to the International
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
from Ships 1973
Equipment, material, aiding material, and product transportation activities use
seawater transportation mode, meanwhile the pier site is located in specific
Harbour of PT. Pupuk Kaltim.
3.
Number 41 Year 1996
Industrial Estate
The factory is located in industrial Estate of PT KIE
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 10
D. REGULATIONS OF THE STATE MINISTER OF ENVIRONMENT
1.
Number 08 Year 2006
Guide for Environmental Impact Assessment
Needed as basic format for document arrangement of environmental
assessment, RKL, and RPL.
2.
Number 11 Year 2006
Types of Effort Plan and/or Activity
subjected to be completed with
Environmental Impact Assessment.
Needed as assessment screening base.
E. DECREE OF THE STATE MINISTER OF ENVIRONMENT
1.
Kep-43/MENLH/10/1996
Environmental damage criteria for effort
and/or Quarry Activity of C Category Digging
Material.
Soil used for factory land preparation is classified as digging material C
category.
2.
Noise Standard
Factory operation activities are potential to cause noise.
3.
Vibration Standard
Factory operation activities are potential to cause vibration.
4.
Kep-45/MENLH/10/ 1997
Air Pollution Standard Index
Factory operation activities are potential to cause impact on air quality.
5.
Kep-13/MENLH/3/1998
Emission Standard of Immobile Source
Factory operation activities are potential to cause impact on air quality.
6.
Number 40 Year 2000
Guide for EIA Evaluator Commission Order
Needed to screen document evaluation competency.
7.
Number 112 Year 2003
Domestic wastewaters Standard.
Factory operation activities are potential to generate domestic wastes.
8.
Number 45 Year 2005
Guide for Monitoring of Conducting RKL and
RPL
All activities can emerge magnitude and significant impact and need
environment management and monitoring; therefore it needs guide for
monitoring of conducting RKL and RPL.
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 11
Statutes and Regulations Related to the Activity Plan (Continuation)
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
F. DECREE OF MINISTER OF TRANPORTATION
1.
Number 14 year 2002
Activities and Efforts of Material Loading and
Unloading to/from Ship.
Transportation activities of equipment, material, aid substances, and products,
use sea transportation mode.
2.
Number 55 Year 2000
Specific Harbour Management
use sea transportation mode in specific harbour of PT.PKT.
3.
Number KP 265 Year 2002
Operation Permit of PT. Pupuk Kaltim to
Operate Pier VII of Specific Harbour of
Fertilizer Industry.
use sea transportation mode in specific harbour of PT.PKT (especially in Pier
VII Tursina).
G. DECREE OF MINISTER OF HEALTH
1.
Drinking Water Quality Criteria
Clean and healthy drinking water availability is community’s need living in the
surrounding activity plan location.
H. DECREE OF HEAD OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BOARD
1.
Guide for Significant Impact Scale
All activities can emerge magnitude and significant impact; therefore it needs
criteria of significant impact scale.
2.
Technical Guide for Social Aspect
Assessment in EIA Arrangement.
The activity is potential to cause impact on social component; therefore it
needs technical guide for social aspect assessment.
3.
Guide for Community Health Aspect
Assessment in EIA Arrangement.
The activity is potential to cause impact on health; therefore it needs technical
guide for community health aspect assessment.
4.
Number 08 Year 2000
Guide for Community Participation and
Open Information in EIA Process
The activity is potential to cause magnitude and significant impact on physicchemistry, biology and social environment; therefore it needs guide for
community participation and open information in relation to community
empowering.
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 12
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
I. REGIONAL REGULATIONS OF EAST KALIMANTAN PROVINCE
1.
Environmental Standard in East Kalimantan
Province
Activity Plan is potential to generate waste causing pollution in the
environment; therefore it needs environmental standard as a reference.
2.
Determination of Samarinda Health
Laboratory Office (“Balai Lab Kesehatan
Samarinda”) and Samarinda Industrial
Research and Development Office (“Balai
Litbang Industri Samarinda”) as Laboratories
for environmental quality analysis in East
Kalimantan Province.
Samples are analyzed in “Baristan Indag” laboratory (used to be “Balai
Litbang Industri”) Samarinda.
3.
Number 26 Year 2002
Wastewater Standard for Industrial Activity
and Other Efforts in East Kalimantan
Province
The activities are potential to generate wastewaters; therefore it needs basic
regulation of East Kalimantan wastewater standard as a reference.
4.
Number 40 Year 2002
Guide for Community Complaining and
Environmental Cases’ Handling in East
Kalimantan Province
The activities are potential to emerge magnitude and significant impact to
social component of the environment; therefore it needs guide regulation for
community complaining related to environmental pollution.
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 13
NO.
NUMBER, YEAR
ON
REASONING OF USE
J. REGIONAL REGULATIONS OF BONTANG CITY
1.
Number 15 Year 2001
Changed status from village “Desa” to
Village “Kelurahan”, and forming, annulling,
village assemblage
Guntung and Loktuan Villages (“Kelurahan”) where the project site is located,
the villages’ status used to be “desa”.
2.
Number 20 Year 2002
Basic guidelines of Bontang City Regional
Development Year 2001-2005
It is expected that the activity can support Basic guidelines of Bontang City
Regional Development.
3.
Number 21 Year 2002
Bontang City Regional Development
Programme Year 2001-2005
It is expected that the activity can support Bontang City Regional
Development Programme.
4.
Number 22 Year 2002
Strategic Regional Planning of Bontang City
Year 2001-2005
It is expected that the activity can support strategic regional planning of
Bontang City.
5.
Number 3 Year 2003
Spatial planning of Bontang City Area
It is expected that the activity is suitable with Bontang City spatial planning.
6.
Number 6 Year 2003
Conserved Forest Management of Bontang
City
It is expected that the activity can support conserved forest management of
Bontang City.
7.
Number 7 Year 2003
Mangrove Forest Management of Bontang
City
It is expected that the activity can support mangrove forest management of
Bontang City.
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 14
Figure 1.1. Map of Bontang City
Bab I : Pendahuluan
I - 15
CHAPTER II
METHOD OF STUDY
2.1. METHOD OF DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSES
Data collection and analyses of environmental component diversity are carried
out for:
a. Assessing, observing, and determining initial condition of the environment
which is predicted will be affected by magnitude and significant impact of
activity plan;
b. Assessing and observing activity plan component which is predicted will be
impacted by its surrounding environment;
c. Predicting environmental quality which is affected by activity plan based on
data calculation of environmental initial condition parameter.
Data are collected from activity plan site including several locations in the
surrounding site that are predicted to be impacted. Through these collecting data,
environmental initial condition that is predicted will be impacted, can be observed;
therefore impact magnitude in the study area can be calculated.
Primary data collection conducted in the beginning of study, is used for the
environmental initial condition arrangement, and served as basic data for impact
prediction and evaluation purposes. Primary data are collected in situ.
Determination of sampling sites is based on project site location and impact
dispersion, along with study area border and laboratory analyses purposes for
air, water, soil and noise. Land morphology and erosion indication data are
collected through visual inventory.
Chapter II : Method of Study
II - 1
2.1.1. GEO-PHYSICS-CHEMISTRY COMPONENT
Several environmental component and parameter of geo-physics-chemistry
components are presented on Table 2.1.
Table 2.1.
Several Geo-physics-chemistry Components Being Studied
No.
Environmental Component
1.
Climate
2.
Air quality
3.
Noise
Physiographic
4.
Geology structure
5.
Water quality
6.
Oceanography
7.
Space and Land
Parameter
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rain fall
Air temperature
Humidity
Wind (direction and velocity)
SO2
NO2
Total dust particle (TSP)
CO
Hydrocarbon
Noise level
1. Slope
2. Height differences
3. Land use
1. Stone type
2. Position and dispersion
3. Stone physical characteristics
1. Fault
2. Joint
3. Fold
Sliding
1. Temperature
2. TSS
3. DO
4. BOD
5. Free Chlorine
6. Bounded Chlorine
7. Grease
8. Heavy metal
1. Tidal rise and fall
2. Stream (direction and velocity)
3. Waves
4. Depth
Spatial planning
Type of Data
Secondary
Primary and
secondary
Primary and
secondary
Primary and
secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Primary and
secondary
Primary and
secondary
Secondary
II - 2
2.1.1.1. Climate
Observed climate data including rain fall, temperature and air humidity, are
gained from the closest meteorology station or from PT Pupuk Kaltim
Observatory Station in the form of secondary data. Such data are taken from
the period of minimum 10-year-rain fall.
Climate component data then are selected and grouped statistically and
presented in tabulation or graphic figure, in order climate pattern in the study
area easier to determine. Data are calculated as maximum and minimum
averages.
a) Climate Type
Local climate type is determined based on climate classification of Schmidt
and Fergusson by comparing the mean of dry months to the mean of wet
months known as Q (Quotient) value:
Q = K x 100%
B
Explanation:
K = mean of dry months, i.e. rainfall < 60 mm.
B = mean of wet months, i.e. rainfall > 100 mm.
b) Air Temperature
Air temperature data are collected from the closest meteorology station,
and also measured directly in several locations.
c) Rain Fall
Rain fall indicates the amount of rain in certain area which is measured in
millimeter unit. Rain fall data are collected from the closest meteorology
station.
d) Humidity
Humidity data are collected as secondary data. Direct measurement is
also conducted by using circular pycrometer along with dry and wet ball
thermometers. Air humidity is defined as relative humidity, derives from
Clausius-Clapeyron equation.
II - 3
Table 2.2.
Scale Criteria of Climate Quality
Parameter
1
1
>6
A
>35 / <5
>3000
<40 / >100
2
1-2
4-6
A-B
30-35 / 5-10
2000 – 3000
41-45/ 85-99
Value and range *)
3
4
2-4
4-6
2-4
1-2
B-C
C-D
27-30/ 10-15
15-20
1000 – 2000
500 – 1000
46-50/80-84
51-55/75-79
Number of dry months
Number of wet months
Rainfall type
Air temperature (0C)
Rainfall (mm/year)
Humidity (%)
Source: Chafid Fandeli, 1995
*) Value criteria: 1=very bad; 2=bad; 3=satisfactory; 4=good; 5=very good
5
>6
0
D
20 – 27
<500
56 – 74
2.1.1.2. Air Quality
Air pollution is defined as the occurring contaminants in certain concentration
and specific time in open space; thus it can disturb or potential to harm human
health/life, organism, and plants, including abiotic material and can affect
human convenient. Pollution materials are emitted from their sources to the
air, and distributed in the atmosphere through dispersion, diffusion, chemical
transformation and complex dilution processes. Pollution materials, as they
are influenced by atmospheric movement and dynamics, can be transported
from their original sites to other areas along with wind direction and velocity.
Observing ambient air quality parameters are referred to Decree of Governor
of East Kalimantan on Ambient Air Standard in East Kalimantan Province.
Parameters analyzed include Sulfur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2),
Carbon monoxide (CO), Hydrocarbon/methane (CH4) and Total Dust Particle
(TSP). Air samples are taken by Multiple Impingers. Dust particles (TSP) are
collected by Dust Sampler or Hi-Volt.
Ambient air quality measured in several locations is presented on Table 2.3.
Sampling locations are determined based on impact sources, wind direction
and velocity, as well as community settlement.
II - 4
Table 2.3.
Sampling Location of Air Quality
Sampling Location
Location
code
Land using
Position
longitude
Latitude
Reason of Choosing Location
U-1
Loktuan Settlement
553337
19242
Represent Settlement
U-2
Camp Tursina Settlement
553240
19398
Represent Settlement
U-3
Industrial Estate
553817
19410
Represent Industrial estate
U-4
Project Site
553960
19461
Represent Project site
Air quality data are analyzed by comparing their laboratory results to
ambient air standard recommended by East Kalimantan Governor as
mentioned in its decree. Data collection, sample analyses, and air quality
standard are presented on Table 2.4.
Table 2.4.
Collecting Method and Sample Analyses of Air Quality
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Environment
al Parameter
SO2
NO2
CO
Dust particle
Hydrocarbon
Standard
Used Equipment
365 μgr/Nm3
150 μgr/Nm3
15.000 μgr/m3
230 μgr/m3
Gas Sampler
Gas Sampler
NDIR Analyzer
High volume sampler
HC Analyzer
Sampling
time
24 hours
24 hours
a moment
24 hours
24 hours
Sample analyses
method
Pararosanilin
Saltzman
NDIR
Gravimetric
References
Decree of East
Kalimantan
Governor
2.1.1.3. Noise
Noise is unwanted sound coming from an activity or effort in certain level and
time which can disturb human health and the environment. Noise can disturb
conversation, convenience, and hearing ability. Noise besides can risk human
health and the environment, it can also risk other organisms including
livestock, wild animals, and natural system.
All human gadgets are potential to cause noise. To human, noise can cause
acoustic trauma, permanent increasing hearing level as well as short memory
disturbance, emotion, conversation, and sleeping annoyance. Noise level that
physically and psychologically hazards, is in the intensity of > 100 dBA.
Noise main source in Ammonium nitrate factory, is coming from heavy duty
equipment operation that can impact project site environment and its
surroundings. Noise is directly measured in the location using Sound Level
Meter. Determination of measuring location is based on impact sources, wind
direction and velocity, as well as community settlement.
II - 5
Table 2.5.
Sampling Location of Noise
Sampling Location
Location
Code
Position
Longitude
Altitude
Land Using
B-1
Project site
553960
19461
Represent project site
B-2
Loktuan settlement
553337
19242
Represent settlement
B-3
Camp Tursina settlement
553240
19398
Represent settlement
B-4
Industrial estate
553817
19410
Represent industrial estate
B-5
Quarry site
552793
19504
Represent Quarry
Noise level is calculated through noise level equivalency model that is the
mean of pressure level in particular time period. Mathematic model is
presented in the following equation:
Li
n
Lek = 10 log⎛⎜ ∑ fi .10 10 ⎞⎟ dBA
⎝ i =1
⎠
Explanation:
Lek
fi
Li
=
=
=
Equivalent noise level (dBA)
Faction of noise level occurring in particular time interval
Median of noise levels in particular time interval (dBA)
Day and night settlement noise level is calculated through noise level
equivalency model. Noise is measured in the period of 24 hours, i.e. night
interval (22.00 – 06.00) and day interval (06.00 – 22.00). Mathematic model is
presented in the following equation:
( )⎡⎢⎣ ∑ 10
Lek = 10 log 124
16
( Lek )i
i =1
10
8
+ ∑ 10
(( Lek ) j +10)
j =1
10
⎤ dBA
⎥⎦
Explanation:
Lsm
Lek
=
=
Day and night noise level (dBA)
Equivalent noise level (dBA)
Mapping of noise level in this environmental impact study is done by two
measuring methods, i.e. noise level measurement for environmental
evaluation purposes is done by calculating LSM value, and mean of noise level
measurement for factory area purposes is done by calculating Lek value.
Noise level measurement for environmental purposes is prepared simply,
using sound level meter, and then referred to KEP-48/MENLH/11/1996. Sound
pressure level dB(A) is measured in 5 minutes for each measurement, and
reading time in 5 seconds.
II - 6
Measuring time is done in the period of 24 hours (LSM). Day time is measured
in 16 hours (LS) from 06.00 to 22.00 in peak activities, while night activities is
measured in 8 hours (LM) from 22.00 to 06.00. Each measurement is
representing particular period times as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
L1 represents times of 06.00 – 09.00 WIB
Results of noise level measurements are compared to environmental noise
standard stated in decree of Kep-48/MENLH/11/1996. According to the
decree, settlement area noise level standard is 55 dB, while industrial area is
70 dB.
2.1.1.4. Physiography and Geology
Physiography is defined as a knowledge that study on genesis and evolution
of land form including not only earth surface and geology but also climate,
meteorology and oceanography, as well as general natural phenomena
(Natural Resources Survey, Bakosurtanal, 1999).
Physiography study in EIA is aimed to observe land condition regionally and
then directing to the study area to observe its terrain.
Land is earth surface area, and characterized as relatively stable. This area is
a part or a complement of biosphere, in which includes starting from
atmosphere, geomorphology, soil and geology, hydrology, flora and fauna
population, and human activity results from the ancient up to now, until to the
border of where such complement has significant influences on recently and
future land use (FAO, 1976).
Terrain is earth surface area which is related to physical characteristics of
complex surface and near surface, and is important to human (Zuidam, 1979).
Physiography data are using secondary information referred to van Bemmelen
(1948).
II - 7
Geology is a study of planet of the earth especially on its material
components, process and process results, history, and living forms starting
from the beginning of the earth formation (Bates and Jackson, 1987).
• Materials composing the earth body are: mineral, rocks, soil,
• Natural process occurred in the earth,
Exogenic: rock decay, erosion, sedimentation and mass movement,
Endogenic: diastrophism, epeirogenesis, orogenesis, volcanism.
• Process result: terrain form, soil, secondary mineral, geology structure,
sliding, flooding, tsunami, earth quake.
Environmental geology is knowledge and geology principle applications in
environmental problems caused by anthropogenic activities and in physical
environment
exploited
by
human
(Bates
and
Jackson,
1987).
Condition/characteristic of environmental geology source can be a support or
can be a hindrance/limitation to the activities.
Physiography and geology primary data are collected through survey and
mapping methods, while samples collection for laboratory analyses purposes
is taken based on environmental geology unit representative. Secondary data
are taken from former studies’ results. Samples’ numbers and sampling
location determination are presented on Table 2.6.
Table 2.6.
Soil Sample Numbers and Sampling Location
Sampling Location
Location
Code
Land using
Position
Longitude
Latitude
T-1
Project Site
553960
19461
Represent project site location
T-2
Quarry
552793
19504
Represent quarry location
T-3
Quarry
553240
19398
Represent quarry location
Observed parameter data are analyzed using description and matching
methods.
1) Description method
Description method is using aggressive description analyses aimed to
definitely figure out the environmental geology characteristic in order to
evaluate geology parameter correctly.
II - 8
1) Matching method
Matching method is the evaluation of environmental geology parameters
by comparing them to the related reference suitable with the activity of
ammonium nitrate factory construction.
Table 2.7.
Environmental Quality Scale of Terrain Form
CRITERIA
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
SLOPE
(%)
HEIGHT
DIFFERENCES
(m)
CLASSIFICATION
VALUE
Flat-almost flat form topography
0–4
<5
Very good
5
Wavy topography with slightly slope
4–6
5 – 50
Good
4
Wavy topography with steeply slope
6–8
12 – 75
Moderate
3
Hilly topography with moderate
slope
8 – 10
50 – 200
Bad
2
TERRAIN FORM
Depth/strength eroded mountain
topography with steeply-very steeply
> 10
> 200
Very bad
slope
Source: Van Zuidam and Cancellado (1979), modified from “Bina Marga” (1992)
1
Table 2.8.
Environmental Quality Scale for Soil
USCS Equality
AASHTO Classification
GW.GP:SW.SP.GM.SM:SP
A-1-a; A-1-b: A-3
GM.SM:GCSC:GM.GC.SM.SC
A-2-4: A-2-5: A-2-6: A-2-7
ML.OL:OH.MH.ML.OL
A-4: A-5
CL:OH.MH:CH.CL
A-6: A-7; A-7-6
Pt
A-8
Source: modified from Hardiyatmo (2002).
Environmental Quality (Stability)
Classification
Value
Very good
5
Good
4
Moderate
3
Bad
2
Very bad
1
Table 2.9.
Permeability Classification (ground water)
k (cm / sec)
>0,1
0,01 – 0,1
0,0001 – 0,01
0,00001 – 0,0001
0,00000001 – 0,00001
Criteria
Classification
Value
Very rapid
Very good
5
Rapid
Good
4
Moderate
Moderate
3
Slow
Bad
2
Very slow
Very bad
1
II - 9
Table 2.10.
Environmental Quality Scale for Rock
Criteria
Type
Physical Characteristics
Analyzing on :
- Hardness
- Mineral composition
- Texture
- Structure
Alluvial
Massive andesite
Tuff sand rock
Calcarenite
Reef Limestone
Breccias
Napalm
Environmental Quality
Classification
Value
5
Very good
4
Good
3
Moderate
2
Bad
Alteration massive
Andesite igneous rock
Marsh/ silt sedimentation
1
Very bad
Table 2.11.
Geology Data Collection and Analyses Methods
Data Collection
Method
Direct measurement
using geology
compass and earth
form mapping
analyses
Observation and
hand drilling, using
mineral soil driller
and marsh driller.
Data Analyses
Explanation
Method
Description
Known based on
and matching percentage slope
variable and height
difference
Description
and
classification
Measured parameter
figures soil characters
in supporting load/mass
based on granule size
measurement, melting
limits and plasticity
index
Rock unit
Survey and mapping
Description
and matching
Measured parameters
used in terrain stability
analyses
Geology
structure
Survey and mapping
Secondary data
Description
and matching
Measured parameters
used in terrain stability
analyses
No. Parameter
1
Land
Form
2
Soil
4
References
- Zuidam and ZuidamCancelado
classification (1979)
- Bina Marga (1992)
USCS classification
(United Soil
Classification System
dan AASHTO (American
Association of State
Highway and
transportation Officials
Classification)
(Hardiyatmo, 2002)
- Geology map
- Petrology by Russel
B.Travis 1995
- Geology map
- The Techniques of
Modern Structural
Geology J.g Ramsay
& MJ Huber, 1987
II - 10
Following Table is presented the geology parameters used as references to
evaluate environmental quality scales for Ammonium nitrate factory activity
plan.
Table 2.12.
Environmental Quality Scale for Joint
CRITERIA
Classification
Value
Free
Very good
5
Vertically joint (900) – 450 slope
Good
4
Plannar joint 450 against slope
Moderate
3
Bad
2
Very bad
1
Small joint
Joint parallel to slope
Table 2.13.
Environmental Quality Scale of Terrain Stability (Sliding/Subsidence)
Criteria
Very stable without any harms of soil mass and rock movement
Soil mass movement with a little affection to the road
Soil mass and rock movements with moderate risk to the road
Soil mass and rock movements with high risk to the road
Very affection causing road fracture due to mass movement
Classification
Value
5
Very good
Good
4
Moderate
3
Bad
2
Very bad
1
Source: Terzaghi and Peck, 1967, with modification
2.1.1.5. Water Quality
Water quality standard is referred to Decree of East Kalimantan Governor on
Water Standard in East Kalimantan, Government Regulation Number 82 Year
2001 on Water Quality Management and Water Pollution Control in the section
of Class II Water Quality Criteria for River and Swamp. Spring water quality is
referred to Decree of Minister of Health Number Kep.416/MENKES/Per/1990
on clean water quality for spring water. Water samples are taken by water
sampler, and analyzed in laboratory. Data from laboratory results are analyzed
by comparing them to environmental water quality standard. Water sampling
method and analyze are presented on Table 2.14.
II - 11
Table 2.14.
Analyses Method of Fresh Water Samples
No.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Parameter
Physical
Colour
Smell
Turbidity
TSS
Temperature
Chemistry
pH
Salinity
DO
BOD
COD
NH3N
NO2N
CN
H2S
Hg
Unit
Standard
PtCo
NTU
mg/l
0C
30
80
20
Colorimetric
Organoleptic
Turbidimetric
Gravimetric
Expansion
Spectrophotometer
Turbid meter
Scale
Thermometer
-
5,0 – 9,0
10 alami
4
45
80
0,3
Nihil
0,2
0,003
0,005
Potentiometric
ph meter
Salinometer
Burette, DO meter
Burette, DO meter
Burette, DO meter
Spectrophotometer
Spectrophotometer
Spectrophotometer
Spectrophotometer
AAS
0/00
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Water Sample Analyses Method
Equipment
Titrimetric, potentiometric
Spectrophotometry
Spectrophotometry
Spectrophotometry
Spectrophotometry
Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry
11 Cr+6
mg/l
0,05
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
12 As
mg/l
0,01
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
13 Cd
mg/l
0,01
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
14 Cu
mg/l
0,05
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
15 Pb
mg/l
0,075
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
16 Zn
mg/l
0,1
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
17 Nitrogen
mg/l
0,1
Atomic Absorption
AAS
Spectrophotometry
18 Minyak
mg/l
5
Spectrophotometry
Spectrophotometer
19 Penol
mg/l
0,002
Spectrophotometry
Spectrophotometer
Source: Standard Methods for The Examination of Water and Wastes Water, APHA, 20th Edition, 2000.
PP. No. 82 Year 2001; Kep.Men.LH No.02/MENKLH//1998
Seawater and fresh water sampling locations are next to chilling water intake
and outlet, seawater in the surrounding jetty and pier, brackish water fish
pond, and community’s well (if any). Seawater parameters are presented on
Table 2.15.
II - 12
Table 2.15.
Analyses Method of Seawater Sample
Parameter
Unit
Method
Equipment
0C
Temperature
Expansion
Thermometer
pH
Potentiometry
pHmeter
o/oo
Salinity
Titrimetry
Burette
DO
mg/l
Titrimetry
Burette
BOD5
mg/l
Titrimetry
Burette
Sulfide (H2S)
mg/l
Titrimetry
Burette
Free chorine
mg/l
Titrimetry
Burette
Bounded chlorine
mg/l
Titrimetry
Burette
Free Ammoniac (NH3-N)
mg/l
Spectrophotometry Spectrophotometer
Phenol substance
mg/l
Spectrophotometry Spectrophotometer
Surfactant/Detergent
mg/l
Colorimetric
Colorimeter
Grease and oil
mg/l
Spectrophotometer Spectrophotometer
Mercury (Hg)
µg/l
Atomization
AAS
Cadmium (Cd)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Chromium Hexavalent (Cr)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Lead (Pb)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Zinc (Zn)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Copper (Cu)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Nickel (Ni)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Arsenic (As)
mg/l
Atomization
AAS
Standard referred to KepMen LH No 51 Year 2004 Special for Harbour sweater standard.
Spring water quality impacted by project activity, is also measured, followed by
water quality classification and criteria based on Decree of Minister of Health
Number Kep-416/MENKES/Per/1990 on Clean Water Requirement.
Table 2.16.
Sampling Location of Seawater
Sampling Location
Location
Code
Allocation
Position
Longitude
Latitude
Reason location determination
A-1
Seawater body In let
554070
19168
Seawater quality
A-2
PDAM
552411
20103
Drinking water quality
A-3
Seawater body Pier Tursina
554097
19321
Seawater quality
A-4
Seawater body Out Let
554093
19519
Seawater quality
A-5
Domestic Drainage
553960
19745
Brackish water quality
Project site water
553988
19487
Water quality around project
site/greenbelt
A-6
II - 13
Table 2.16.
Classification and Criteria of Spring waters
No.
Parameter
Unit
A. PHYSIC
1
Colour
PtCo
2
Turbidity
NTU
3
Total suspended
mg/l
solig
B. CHEMISTRY
a. An-organic Chemical
1
Iron (Fe)
mg/l
2
Cadmium (Cd)
251mg/l
Total hardness
mg/l
3
(CaCO3)
4
Chloride(Cl)
mg/l
Chromium
mg/l
5
Valence 6
(Cr+6)
Manganese
mg/l
6
(Mn)
Nitrate as N
mg/l
7
(NO3)
mg/l
Nitrite as N
8
(NO2)
mg/l
9
pH
10
11
12
Zinc (Zn)
Sulfate
Lead (Pb)
b. Organic
Chemical
1
Phenol total
Organic
2
substance
C. Microbiology
1
Feces Coli form
2
Coli form total
1
2
> 50
>25
37,6-50
18,76-25
1500
1126-1500
Value and Range *)
3
4
5
25,1-37,5
12,51-18,75
12,6-25
6,26-12,5
0-12,5
0-6,25
751-1125
376-750
0-375
>1
0,76-1
0,51-0,75
0,26-0,5
> 0,005 0,00376-0,005 0,00251-0,00375 0,00126-0,0025
0-0,25
0-0,00125
> 500
376-500
251-375
126-250
0-125
> 600
451-600
301-450
151-300
0-150
> 0,05
0,0376-0,05
0,0251-0,0375
0,0126-0,025
0-0,0125
> 0,5
0,376-0,5
0,251-0,375
0,126-0,25
0-0,125
> 10
7,6-10
5,1-7,5
2,6-5
0-2,5
>1
0,76-1
0,51-0,75
0,26-0,5
0-025
3,5-4,5;
10,5-11,5
11,26-15
301-400
0,0376-0,05
4,5-5; 9,5-10,5
5,5-6,5; 8,5-9,5
6,5-8,5
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
< 3,5;
>11,5
> 15
> 400
> 0,05
7,6-11,25
201-300
0,0251-0,0375
3,76-7,50
101-200
0,0126-0,025
0-3,75
0-100
0-0,0125
mg/l
mg/l
> 0,02
> 10
0,016-0,02
7,6-10
0,011-0,015
5,1-7,5
0,006-0,01
2,6-5
0-0,005
0-2,5
> 10
7,6-10
5,1-7,5
2,6-5
0-2,5
> 50
37,6-50
25,1-37,5
12,6-25
0-12,5
Numbers/
100 ml
Numbers/
100 ml
Clarification : Value with criterion 1 =very bad; 2=bad; 3=moderate; 4=good; 5=very good
*) Kep.416/MENKES/PER/1990 on Drinking Water Requirement
II - 14
2.1.1.6. Oceanography
Primary and secondary data are collected in oceanography assessment. Following
are secondary data related to oceanography survey:
1. Wind data collected from BMG and PT.Pupuk Kaltim
2. National Sea Environment Map from Bakosurtanal
3. Data and maps from other related institutions.
Primary data measured directly in the field, include temperature, DO, pH, salinity,
turbidity, clearness, and stream; while tidal rise and fall, wave, wind, and
bathymetry use secondary data.
Wind secondary data are gained from PT Pupuk Kaltim, grouped that are based on
wind direction and wind velocity scale, followed by processing data in the form of
wind rose diagram, and presented monthly, seasonally, and yearly. Seasonal wind
is grouped based on Indonesian monsoon.
Table 2.18. Environmental Quality Scale for Abrasion/Erosion Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Shore abrasion/erosion occurring >9 months in 1 year
1
Very bad
Shore abrasion/erosion occurring >6-9 months in 1 year
2
Bad
3
Moderate
4
Good
No shore abrasion/erosion occurring or occurring <I month in 1
year
5
Very good
Table 2.19. Environmental Quality Scale for Accretion/Sedimentation
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Occurring shore accretion, or occurring blockage in the estuary
>9 months in 1 year
1
Very bad
>6-9 months in 1 year
2
Bad
3
Moderate
4
Good
No accretion, or occurring shore accretion/blockage in the
estuary <1 month in 1 year
5
Very good
Chapter II: Method of Study
II - 15
Table 2.20.
Environmental Quality Scale for Sediment Transportation/Stream Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Occurring obstacle sediment transportation/shore stream >9
months in 1 year
1
Very bad
Occurring obstacle sediment transportation/shore stream >6-9
months in 1 year
2
Bad
months in 1 year
3
Moderate
months in 1 year
4
Good
No obstacle or occurring obstacle sediment
transportation/shore stream <1 month in 1 year
5
Very good
Table 2.21.
Environmental Quality Scale for flooding Time Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Occurring shore flooding >9 hours per day
1
Very bad
Occurring shore flooding >6-9 hours per day
2
Bad
3
Moderate
4
Good
No flooding
5
Very good
Table 2.22.
Environmental Quality Scale for Flooding Area Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Increasing flooding area >50%
1
Very bad
Increasing flooding area >0-50%
2
Bad
Constant flooding area
3
Moderate
Decreasing flooding area >0-50%
4
Good
Decreasing flooding area >50%
5
Very good
Table 2.23.
Environmental Quality Scale for Tidal Rise and Fall Reach Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Decreasing tidal reach to brackish water fish pond >50%
1
Very bad
Decreasing tidal reach to brackish water fish pond >0-50%
2
Bad
Constant tidal reach to brackish water fish pond
3
Moderate
Increasing tidal reach to brackish water fish pond >0-50%
4
Good
Increasing tidal reach to brackish water fish pond >50%
5
Very good
II - 16
Table 2.24.
Environmental Quality Scale for Changing in Shore Border Parameter
Explanation
Score
Clarification
Increasing shoreline stick out into the sea >10%
1
Very bad
Increasing shoreline stick out into to the sea 0-10%
2
Bad
Constant shoreline
3
Moderate
Increasing shoreline but no in parallel/lower then the shore
4
Good
Increasing shore line and parallel with the shore
5
Very good
2.1.1.7. Space and Land
Two approaches used in this spatial planning assessment, i.e.:
1) Secondary data assessment
The main activity in secondary data assessment is maps collection, which are
consisting of spatial planning in the study area. In this method, the existing
spatial planning and its policy development in the study area are assessed.
2) Field observation
In this observation, spatial planning pattern collected from secondary data is
assessed.
Map of earth form in the scale of 1:25.000 (obtained from secondary data) is
analyzed and checked in the field using cartography method.
3) Secondary data assessment
The main activity in secondary data assessment is maps collection, which are
consisting of spatial planning in the study area. In this method, the existing
spatial planning and its policy development in the study area are assessed.
4) Field observation
In this observation, spatial planning pattern collected from secondary data is
assessed.
II - 17
Table 2.25.
Environmental Quality Scale for Land Use Planning
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Scale
Very bad
Bad
Moderate
Good
Very good
Percentage of Non
Productive Land
> 20%
15% - 20%
10% - 15%
5% - 10%
< 5%
Percentage of Developed
Land
> 90%
70% - 90%
50% -70%
30% - 50%
< 30%
2.1.2. BIOLOGY
2.1.2.1. Flora
a. Data Collection Method
Flora data are collected through the observation in quarry location and project
site reclamation area. Observation result is ecosystem type or main vegetation
that represents such ecosystem type.
b. Data Analyses Method
In each observed flora location, significant value is obtained from totalling
relative frequency, relative dominancy, and relative density. Following is the
calculation of relative frequency, relative dominancy, and relative density.
Frequency
=
Total plot of represent species
Amount of total plot beingsampled
Density
=
Total individual
Sampling area
Dominancy
=
Total canopy cov ering from individual amount of one species
Total width of sampling plot
Relative frequency
Relative density =
Relative dominancy
=
Frequency of one species
x 100%
Frequency of all species
Density of one species
x 100%
Density of all species
=
Do min ancy of one species
x 100%
Do min ancy of all species
Significant Value (NP) = Relative Frequency + Relative Density + Relative Dominancy
II - 18
Rare and law protected flora (endangered flora) is analyzed by observing it in
the study area and followed by checking it with flora inventory protected by
Indonesian Law.
Flora diversity is valued by terrestrial flora environmental quality scale
presented on Table 2.25.
Table 2.25.
Environmental Quality Scale of Terrestrial Flora
Environmental Parameter
Value or Range of Value
3
4
1
2
Median of covering/grass flora density
(indiv/m2)
[ 20
21-50
51-100
101-200
> 200
Median of plant Flora density
(indiv/100m2)
[5
5-10
11-15
16-20
> 20
H’[1.5
1.5< H’ <3.0
3.0<H’<4.0
4.0<H’<4.6
0.81-1.0
0.61-0.80
0.41-0.60
0.21-0.40
H’>4.6
<0.010.20
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
Diversity index (H’/station)
Species Dominancy Index (d/sttn)
Occurring of Economical Flora
(species/sttn)
5
>15
Range of value clarification:
1 = very bad; 2 = bad; 3 = moderate; 4 = good; 5 = very good
Source: Soerjani, 1989 in Probosunu, 2000 with modification.
2.1.2.2. Terrestrial Fauna
Terrestrial fauna in the project site is determined through the following approaches
which are applied suitable with the field condition. Fauna diversity is valued by
terrestrial fauna environmental quality scale presented on Table 2.26.
Table 2.26.
Environmental Quality Scale of Terrestrial Fauna (Vertebrate)
Occurring of wild Vertebrate
(species)
Median of Wild Vertebrate Density
(indiv/species/area)
Occurring of Economical
Vertebrate (species)
Wild or Economical Vertebrate
Distribution (indiv/area)
3
4
2
3
1
0
2
1
0
1 - <2
2 - <3
3 - <4
≥4
1
2
3
4
>4
Sufficient,
evenly enough
Plenty and
even
Not
Very rare, very Rare, uneven
occurred
uneven
5
4
Source: Various References with Modification (Afiati, 2005)
Range of value clarification: 1 = very bad; 2 = bad; 3 = moderate; 4 = good; 5 = very good
II - 19
a) Species Inventory Method
Direct method
• observation
• taking pictures, making sketches
Indirect method
• using animal track/nests/feather/faeces
• hearing sound
b) Population Determination
Direct census
• Calculating total density in animal base, and in animal drinking site (avifauna)
• Taking pictures and calculating from photos
• Chasing and calculating groups accurately
Indirect census
• Capture-recapture Methods
• Predicting from track, faeces, woof leftovers
• Calculating nest and or egg/offspring numbers
• Hearing, looking direction, determining sound (direct or recorded)
• Identifying fallen feather
• Questionnaire and interviewing local community, breeder
c) Data analyses method
Species abundance descriptive analyses
2.1.2.3. Water biota
Water biota sample collection includes bacteria, plankton, macro benthos, and
nekton (fish). The samples usually cannot be analyzed directly; therefore samples
must be preserved to prevent specimen destruction. Sample preservation (except
bacteria) is commonly using ethanol 95% which is poured into sample liquid until
ethanol concentration ± 70%; the concentration is enough for preservation and
permanent colouring. Plankton sample is preserved by using lugol, MAF (methanolacetic acid-formalin), or 6-3-1 preservative (6 part water: 3 part ethanol 95%; 1 part
formalin). However, lugol or formalin which is naturally acid, can solve
Coccolithopora shell occurring abundantly in the estuary and seawaters. Adjusting
lugol to base/neutral, will not effective enough in preserving other Flagellate
species. Formalin can also cause fracture, causing difficulty in identifying or
determining individual species numbers consisted in the sample.
II - 20
2.1.2.4. Water bacteria
Bottle of micro organism sample always must be sterile and caped until the bottle
used. Bacteria sample that cannot be analyzed <1 hour, should be preserved
initially by decreasing temperature to <100 C (better to decrease temperature to
<40C) for less then 6 hours. In laboratory the sample should be refrigerated, and
analyzed within <2 hours.
To neutralize water sample consisting chlorine residue, chloramines, or halogen,
reductor such as 1M Na-thiosulphate (Na2S2O3) has to be added, except the bottle
has already consisted of broth to directly promote sample growth. The
recommended amount of Na-thiosulphate is 0.1 ml for bottle volumed 100 ml, 0.25
ml for bottle 250 ml and 0.5 ml for bottle 500 ml (Afiati, 2003).
Water bacteria sampled is differenced, based on sampling locations, i.e. surface
and bottom of the waters.
Microorganism sampled manually in water surface
Sampling bottle is filled in about ± ¾ of its volume, or left column ±2.5 cm for
aeration during shaking before subsequently analyzed. In the course of sampling in
seawaters, river, spring waters, lake or reservoir, hold the capped bottle from its
bottom, sink the bottle with its neck down, open the cap in the water but do not
rinse with this water, turn the bottle until its mouth directs to the stream. If there is
no stream, the bottle must be held horizontally away from the hand, and filled up to
¾ of volume and capped in the water. If using the boat during sampling, sample
has to be taken from the side of the boat far away from boat machine. If it is not
possible, bottle can be weighed with ballast.
Microorganism sampled in the bottom of the waters
Sample is taken by using water sampler (van Dorn, Kemmerer or Nansen reversing
bottle) from the suitable location at surface bottom. Sterile bottle in the capacity of
150-250 ml, then, is sunk into water sampler or obtained the water from the water
sampler, and capped tightly. Without any adding preservative, bottle is labelled and
put in ice box during in the field (Sterritt & Lester, 1988).
II - 21
Sample incubation
Total Bacterial Count: one ml water sample is pipetted in to Plate Count Agar (PCA)
medium in sterile Petri. In the prediction of excessive bacteria population, dilution
(1: 100, 1:1000, etc) using sterile water should be prepared. Inoculums should be
moved in sterile condition. Shake Petri dish slowly in the direction of number 8 at
least 25 times and put horizontally. Petri then, is incubated in 35 ±2°C for 44 ± 4
hours. Media humidity should be kept by putting water dish in the bottom of
incubator, or Petri is wrapped with plastic, in order weight not to be lost by >15%.
Initial observation can begin after 24 hours. Total bacterial count is explained in
colony/ml water sample.
Incubation in Lactose Broth (LB) medium is done for presumptive test of coli form
consisted in bacterial water sample. Each sample is growth 3 times by decreasing
its concentration in 24 to 48 hours and temperature of 35°C. To the positive and
uncertain tubes, coli form group confirmation are tested in the temperature of 35°C
and faecal coli in the temperature of 44.50C, 24 hours each in Brilliant Green
Lactose Bile Broth (BGLB) media, and followed by Endo Agar.
Analyses of water bacteria data
To know general bacteria species, including coli form, faecal coli, and total bacteria
numbers as bacteria contributor in biodegradation, water bacteria analyses is
carried out. Total bacteria are tested duple in Plate Count Agar media. To dish
consisting of 30-300 colonies, its results are averaged, and total bacteria numbers
are counted as follows (Afiati, 2003):
n
TB =
TB
Xi
A
B
n
∑X
i =1
n
:
:
:
:
:
i
xAx
1
B
Total bacteria
Colony numbers that have not be found
Inoculums numbers planted in each dilution (ml)
Dilution level when the colony is found
Sample numbers
Positive reaction tubes from each incubation temperature in BGLB media are
counted suitable with its dilution level. The data then are compared to Most
Probable Number (MPN) Table and multiplied by 1/median dilution.
II - 22
Temperature of incubation (°C)
102
103
104
35
2
1
0
44.5
1
0
0
Result explanation:
Total coli form 35°C: 2 1 0 → Table: for example a → total coli form numbers= ax103/100ml
Faecal coli form 44.5°C:1 0 0 → Table: for example b → faecal coli numbers= bx103/100ml.
Analyses results are applied to environmental quality scale for bacteria:
Table 2.27.
Environmental Quality Scale for Water Bacteria
Environmental
Parameter
1
2
Range Value or MPN
3
4
5
Total bacteria, cell/100/ml
> 108
106 – ≤107
104 –≤ 105
102 – ≤103
≤102
Total coli form, cell/100ml
≥ 10.000
5.000 - ≤ 9.999
1.000 - ≤ 4.999
100 - ≤ 999
<10 - ≤ 99
Faecal-coli, cell/100ml
≥ 1.000
100 - ≤1.000
10 - ≤100
3 - ≤10
≥2
Qualitative Escherichia coli
++++
+++
++
+
- / tc
Pathogen bacteria
++++
+++
++
+
- / tc
Source: Standard of Water Quality Class B (PP no. 20/1990); RI Government Regulation No. 82/2001 on Water Quality
Management and Water Pollution Control;
MPN: Most Probable Number; t.c: not mentioned in the standard; (+): detected; (-): not detected
2.1.2.5. Plankton
Plankton sample in this study is taken passively by filtering surface water with
plankton net No. 25 (ASTM) until particular volume, usually 100 litres, or water from
particular depth taken by water sampler. Filtered result is poured into 20 ml volume
bottle filled with MAF preservative or alcohol 70% and ½ drop Rose Bengal
solution. Bottle is labelled and put in ice box. Plankton sample then is analyzed
using microscope. Analyze: put 1 ml sample in Sedgwick-Rafter counting chamber,
count 3 times using microscope, and average the result. Species abundance is
calculated referred to method of Wetzel & Likens (1979):
Ki =
Ki
T
l
Vo
Va
W
P
p
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
T Vo 1 P
x
x x
l Va W p
Species abundance (individual/l)
Total box numbers in counting chamber of Sedgwick-Rafter (1000)
Total box in one observation area of microscope
Volume of concentrated water sample (ml)
Volume of water in counting chamber of Sedgwick-Rafter (1ml)
Volume of water filtered (100 litter)
Plankton numbers to i that are counted (individual)
Numbers of box counted
II - 23
Plankton (phytoplankton and zooplankton) is identified using identification guide, for
example Bold & Wynne (1978), APHA (1992), Humm & Wicks (1980) and internet
information. Plankton species distribution as a specific waters’ indicator is tabulated
to determine its diversity index (H’), and species uniformity index (J) using
Shannon-Weaver index (Poole, 1974), as follows:
Species Diversity Index
s
⎛n ⎞ ⎛n ⎞
H ' = - ∑ ⎜ i ⎟ ln⎜ i ⎟
⎝N⎠
n =1 ⎝ N ⎠
H’
ni
N
S
:
:
:
:
Species diversity index
Species individual numbers to i
Numbers of total individual
Numbers of species found
Species Uniformity Index
J =
J
H’
H max
S
:
:
:
:
H '
H '
=
ln S
Hmaks
Scecies Uniformity Index
Shannon diversity index value
Maximum diversity (ln S)
Numbers of species found
After all samples have been counted, the results are analyzed referred to
environmental quality scale for plankton.
Table 2.28. Environmental Quality Scale of Plankton
3
4
5
102 - <103
103 - <104
≥104
5 - <20
20 - <55
55 - <100
>100
[1.5
1.5< H’ <3.0
3.0<H’<4.0
4.0<H’<4.6
H’>4.6
Species Distribution Index (J)
J < 0.55
0.55 < J < 0.72
0.72< J<0.82
0.82<J<0.93
J>0.93
Species Dominancy Index
(d/stsn)
0.81-1.0
0.61-0.80
0.41-0.60
0.21-0.40
<0.01-0.20
Median of Plankton Density
(individual/m2)
Numbers of Plankton
(S / station)
Plankton Diversity
Index(H’/station)
1
2
[10
10 - <102
S<5
Phytoplankton Indicator
>25
21 – 25
16 - 20
11 - 15
(species/station)
Source: European Environment Agency, 2002, with modification; Afiati, 2002
< 10
II - 24
2.1.2.6. Macrozoobenthos
Several equipments used in benthos sample collection are dredger (Ekman
dredge), van Veen grab, or pralon. Such equipments are usually used in benthos
sample collection that is living in the surface and bottom waters until particular
waters depth. Therefore, benthos data are standing stock data.
Sediment sample is taken from the bottom of waters using van Veen grab sampler.
The wet sediment is sieved by 5 mesh (2.54 mm) sever; it is recommended to sieve
in the boat side waters and boat deck should be kept clean. The leftover sediment
which is remained in the sever, is collected, sprayed with aquadest to keep
organism in good condition (not destroyed), poured into labelled wide mouth plastic
bottle which volumes of 200ml, preserved with 70% alcohol minimum 2.5 X sample
volume, and coloured by Rose Bengal (0.1gr/100ml).
In laboratory, macrozoobenthos plankton sample is poured into white layered tray
in order easier to observe. Individual macrozoobenthos found in the sample is
separated from manure or sediment possibly covering, cleaned, and put in the
bottle filled with alcohol 70% or MAF (methanol-Acetic acid-Formalin). Identification
is using binocular microscope, while bigger individual is put in Bogorov plate, and
identified using low magnification binocular microscope.
Afterward, the specimen is identified using suitable guide book, and its abundance,
diversity and uniformity indices are determined using the equation similar to that of
using in determination of phytoplankton and zooplankton community structure
indices.
Table 2.29.
Environmental Quality Scale of Macrobenthos
Median of Macro benthos density
(N,individual/m2)
Numbers of Macrobenthos
(S/station)
Macro benthos Diversity Index (H’)
Maximum Diversity, H
Species Dominancy Index (d/stsn)
Economical Macro benthos
Species (station)
1
2
3
4
5
10<N<20
20<N<30
30<N<40
N≥40
S<5
5 <S <10
10<S <20
20<S <40
S≥40
H’<1.5
1.5< H’ <3.0
3.0<H’<4.0
4.0<H’<4.6
H’>4.6
H<10
J<0.55
0.81-1.0
10<H<20
0.55<J<0.72
0.61-0.80
20<H<30
0.72< J<0.82
0.41-0.60
30 <H<40
0.82<J<0.93
0.21-0.40
H≥40
J>0.93
<0.01-0.20
1
3
5
7
10
N<10
Source: European Environment Agency, 2002, with modification; Afiati, 2002
II - 25
2.1.2.7. Nekton
Nekton samples are usually taken from local fisher man who is landing his fishes
caught from surrounding project site waters, or samples are taken from the closest
Fish Auction Site. If there is one fisher man boat, the sample then are taken from
this boat. If there are > 1 boats, samples are taken from them. Samples are
preserved with formalin 4% or ice, and their species are identified, followed by
comparing them to environmental quality scale for nekton.
Table 2.30.
Environmental Quality Scale for Nekton
Median of nekton density
(individual/station)
Nekton diversity index (H’)
Species dominancy index
(d/stsn)
1
[10
2
10 - <20
3
20 - <30
4
30 - <40
5
≥40
[1.5
1.5< H’ <3.0
3.0<H’<4.0
4.0<H’<4.6
H’>4.6
0.81-1.0
0.61-0.80
0.41-0.60
0.21-0.40
<0.01-0.20
J<0.55
0.55<J<0.72
0.72< J<0.82
0.82<J<0.93
J>0.93
Wild economical Nekton
1
3
5
7
species
Source: Various References with Modification (Afiati, 2005)
10
Table 2.31
Terrestrial Biology Location
Location
Code
Sampling Location
Allocation
Reason of location
determination
Position
Longitude
H-1
PT. KNI site project
553960
19461
Represent KIE industrial estate
H-2
The closest shore of KIE
554070
19168
H-3
Pier of East Tursina –
Warehouse Area
553817
19410
H-4
Tursina Hill Settlement
553240
19398
Represent mangrove area
H-5
Land Quarry in KIE area
552793
19504
H-6
Green Belt
553988
19487
II - 26
Table 2.32
Water Biology Sampling Location
Location
Code
Sampling Location
Allocation
Reason of location determination
Position
Longitude
Latitude
Ha-1
Seawater In let
554070
19168
Seawater quality (*)
Ha-2
Seawater of Pier Tursina
554097
19321
Ha-3
Seawater Out Let
554093
19519
Seawater quality
Ha-4
Domestic drainage
553960
19745
553988
19487
Brackish water fish pond quality (*)
Project site water
Ha-5
Note: (*) Include water micro bacteria.
2.1.3. SOCIAL-ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL-CULTURE
EIA study on social aspect of activity plan is referring to Decree of Head of
Environmental Impact Management Board Number 299 Year 1996 on Technical
guide of social aspect assessment in EIA arrangement. Social-economic-culture
component data required in the study include primary and secondary data.
Secondary data are collected from related institution.
Study analyses unit is village as the smallest administrative area, while sampling
method is using purposive proportional sampling technique to determine area
possibly impacted as well as to determine numbers of respondent as analyses
element affected by impact risk, i.e. head of household (KRT/KK).
The determination criteria of sampling location and respondent are:
a. Project Site
Village administration location which KK bases.
b. Respondent criteria
1. Communities (KK) who have already gained EIA socialization.
2. Natural resources potency and potential environment that will be impacted by
the project.
3. Community response sensitivity on construction plan.
4. Road accessibility that will be passed by the activity directing to and from the
project location.
5. Location of community’s activity that will be impacted, such as boat wharf,
upper waters’ settlement, brackish water fish ponds etc.
6. Public utility that will be impacted by the project.
II - 27
Quantitative and qualitative primary and secondary data collecting activity was done
by survey method. Primary data survey is data collecting method done through
observation, in-depth interview, Focus Group Discussion (FGD), recording and direct
visualization of environmental initial condition in project site in order to gain factual
data and condition in the field. Primary data survey instruments include observation,
interview along with questionnaire, in-depth interview with key person, Focus Group
Discussion (FGD), visualization, and cassette recording.
a) Observation
Observation was done to know existing condition of study area, included physical
condition, city’s structure and infrastructure, land use planning, and occurring
problems. From visual observation, study location characteristics can be
identified, thus area characteristics can be also directly identified.
b) Interview with questionnaire
Questionnaire target is respondent determined by purposive proportional
sampling method with the following criteria: samples are communities predicted to
be impacted by the project, lay man, private sector, vendor, as well as formal and
informal leaders. Of the population, 50 households predicted will be impacted by
directly magnitude and significant impact. Key persons are also interviewed by indepth interview and focus group discussion to obtain deeply sensitive and
complex problems. Respondent distribution is presented on Table 3.33.
c) In-depth interview
The technique is used to assess critical information and concept intensely. The
target is key person both formal leader as well as informal leader. Interview
instrument is using non structure open questionnaire.
d) Focus Group Discussion
Focus Group Discussion (FGD) is used as a control of primary data collection
using structure questionnaire. According to Richard A. Kruiger (1985); FGD
should be participated by minimum 7 persons and maximum 20 persons, among
participants are not knowing each other, wanting to discuss and outpouring of
opinion, having knowledge and experience on the problem discussed, having a
relation with topic discussed, not knowing that their opinion will be used for
decision maker, using questionnaire focused on particular topic. To avoid
dichotomy perception, ideally, number of participants should be odd; and
II - 28
considering time, topic, as well as participant ability and experience, minimum
participants are 7 up to 15 persons (Edi Santosa (1997).
Method applied in this study, is using combination model. Secondary data are
obtained from district and village officers. Primary data are gained through
interviewing the communities who own land in the villages surrounding the project
site.
Table 2.33
Respondent Distribution Based on Occupation and Social Status
No.
1.
2.
Village
Guntung
Loktuan
Total
Livelihood/Occupation
Employ Labo Fisherm
Vendor
ment
ur
an
5
3
10
3
5
2
5
2
10
5
15
5
Respondent
Numbers
Service PNS/TNI Leader
(Person)
3
3
3
30
2
2
2
20
Social Status
5
5
5
50
2.1.3.1. Demography
a. Data collection method
Demographic data include primary and secondary data. Data are collected
through statistical data approach and direct interview to the community.
Secondary data are obtained from statistical data; and primary data are
obtained through directly interviewing the local community in the surrounding
activity plan. Demography parameters include width of area, population density,
matters pertaining to man power, and community’s livelihood.
b. Data analyses method
Quantitative demography data are analyzed statistically, while qualitative data
are analyzed as a content analysis.
II - 29
Table 2.34.
Demographic Environmental Quality Scale
Environmental
Parameter
1
Very bad
Population
density 100
persons/km2
Population growth
>3,5% /year
Demography
Manpower:
employed
population <25%
Number of
household
members
> 10 persons
2
Bad
Population
density 51-100
persons/km2
Population growth
3,01-3,5% /year
Manpower:
employed
population2530%
Quality Criteria/Scale
3
Moderate
Population
density 100
persons/km2
Population growth
2,51-3% /year
Manpower:
employed
population3135%
4
Good
Population
density 100
persons/km2
Population growth
2-2,5% /year
Manpower:
employed
population3640%
5
Very good
Population
density 100
persons/km2
Population growth
<2% /year
9 – 10 person
7 – 8 person
5 – 6 person
< 5 person
Manpower: unemployed
population 4045%
population 4650%
Primary <75%
secondary and
tertiary >25%
Primary <50%
secondary and
tertiary >50%
Rp.1.501.000,00
to
Rp.2.000.000,00
Percentage of
>10-year-old
population
graduated from
elementary
school 21-30%
Rp.2.001.000,00
to
Rp.2.500.000,00
Percentage of
>10-year-old
population
graduated from
elementary
school 31-40%
Un-employed level
population <30%
Livelihood
Primary or related
to natural
resources 100%
Community’s
earning
< Rp.100.000,00
population 3040%
Primary <100%
secondary or
small scale
industry >10%
Rp.101.000,00 to
Rp.1.500.000,00
Education level
Percentage of
>10-year-old
population
graduated from
elementary
school <10%
Percentage of
>10-year-old
population
graduated from
elementary
school 10-20%
Manpower:
employed
population >40%
population >30%
Primary,
secondary and
tertiary are in
even
>
Rp.2.501.000,00
Percentage of
>10-year-old
population
graduated from
elementary
school >40%
2.1.3.2. Social- Economy
Social-economic data collection includes primary and secondary data.
Secondary data include monograph data and statistics data obtained from
related institutions. Primary data are gained through directly interviewing the
communities living in the surrounding activity plan.
Social –economic aspect parameter studied includes:
1)
Household economics i.e.:
a. Household earning level
b. Household budget
2) Brackish water fish pond condition:
a. Brackish water fish pond owner status
b. Brackish water fish pond production
II - 30
3) Farming condition:
a. Land usage
b. Farming production
Social-economic data are analyzed by deductive method and numeric
multiplication method. Deductive method is used to analyze community attitude
tendency after the project exist.
1) What the community will do after the project exist, plan of the new efforts in
the new location.
2) Attitude in earning budgeting etc.
Numeric multiplication method is used as macro analyses for plan activity
impact on city and provincial level.
Table 2.35.
Social Economic Environmental Quality Scale
Environmental
Parameter
3
moderate
1
Very bad
2
bad
Local job
opportunity
Local manpower
absorbed < 50
persons
Local manpower
absorbed 51100 persons
Local manpower
Local manpower
Community
earning per
month
< Rp.180.000,00
Rp.180.000,00Rp 360.000,00
Rp.360.000,00Rp.540.000,00
Rp.540.000,00Rp.720.000,00
>p.720.000,00
Livelihood
Major community
are un-employed
and hard to
participate in
developing
building
Evenly numbers
of un-employed
and employed
Numbers of
employed >
unemployed
All communities
are permanent
employed
Major
community are
un-employed,
but willing to
participate in
developing
building
4
good
5
Very good
Local
manpower
absorbed > 200
persons
II - 31
2.1.3.3. Social-culture
Social-culture data are collected through primary and secondary data.
Secondary data are referring to existing social-culture research results and
reference books related to the study. Primary data are obtained from field study.
Study method is the combination of qualitative research method and
quantitative research method. Qualitatively, data are gained through field
observation and in-depth interview using interview guide to several key persons
that are also chosen to participate in Focus Group Discussion (FGD).
Quantitatively, data are obtained through distributing questionnaire to the
chosen respondents. Social-culture parameters analyzed are as follows:
1) Local communities’ behaviour relating to culture; culture value and norms.
2) Social process in the communities relating to associative process
(partnership), dissociate process (social conflict), and social cohesion.
3) Communities’ social structure in economics, education, religion, religion
education, social and family.
4) Social stratum based on education, economics, job and power.
5) Communities’ attitude and perception towards activity plan.
II - 32
Table 2.36.
Social-Culture Environmental Quality Scale
Environmental
Parameter
Quality Criteria/scale
1
Very bad
2
bad
3
moderate
4
good
5
Very good
Culture
Community does
not care with local
culture, there is
no culture activity
Not all community
supports the local
culture.
Culture activity is
depended on
situation and
condition.
All community
supports local
natural culture.
Culture activity is
carried out in
coordination.
All community
supports and
conducts local
culture naturally.
Social process
Local community
condition is risky
in occurring both
internal and
external conflicts.
Conflict in the
community
emerges rarely,
condition tends to
be conducive.
No conflict
occurred in the
community,
condition is very
conducive
Community
attitude and
perception
toward project
plan
Social stratum
Community is
against anything
related to the
project.
Local community
condition is
slightly risky in
occurring both
internal and
external conflicts.
Community tends
to refuse and
think negatively
on the project
activity.
Community social
stratum is not too
various.
Community still
supports local
culture. Culture
activity is carried out
communally in
particular time
considering
efficiency.
Conflict in the
community emerges
temporarily and can
be solved through
deliberation.
Community does not
really refuse or does
not really accept the
project.
Local community
does not refuse
anything that the
project plans.
There are several
social strata in the
community even
though not in a good
quality.
Community
institution functions
normally and can
still develop.
Community social
strata are various
and the qualities
are good.
Community is
willing and its
attitude is in
agreement with
project plan.
Community social
strata are various
and the qualities
are very good.
Community
institution
functions well and
there are no
crucial problem.
Community
institution can
function very well
and can be used
as a model.
Social
structure/
institution
There is no social
stratum in the
community, and
characterized
homogeny.
No institution
functions in the
community and
difficult to be
functioned.
Institution is
existed however it
tends to be
passive and
difficult to
develop.
II - 33
Table 2.37.
Social-economic and Social-culture Parameters, Collecting Method
and Data Analyses
No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Component/Parameter
I. Demography:
Population density level
Dependency level
Population structure based on age, gender,
livelihood, education and religion.
Population growth (infant birth and mortality levels, &
migration pattern)
Manpower (manpower participation level,
unemployed level).
II. Social-economic :
Job opportunity level
Livelihood
Household economic (earning, budgeting &
infestation)
Road structure and infrastructure
Natural resources economic (owner pattern and
natural resources mastery, natural resources
usage, land usage pattern, land and other natural
resources values, public resources)
Local economics (lob and effort opportunity, public
facility and social facility, area accessibility)
Informal/effort sector
III. Social-culture:
Culture, behaviour pattern
Social relationship pattern
Community perception and attitude on the project.
Culture (culture, value and norms).
Social process (associative, dissociate,
aculturisation, assimilation & integrity)
Education and religion facility.
Culture inheritage (archaeological site, culture
preserve).
Data sampling
location and
Source
Statistics Office
District Office
Village Office etc
Data
Collection
Method
Copy,
interview
Community
settlement in the
surrounding
project suitable
with study area
border.
Copy,
interview,
observation,
and interview
along with
structured
questionnaire.
Employment
Method
Muagrave
Production
Analyses
Project site, and
community
settlement in the
surrounding
project suitable
with study area
border.
Observation,
interview
along with
structured
questionnaire,
FGD,
Secondary
data
Environmenta
l sociology
analyses:
Social
resources
Social media
Social
defence
Social
supporting
power
Analyses
Method
Demography
analyses:
Density Ratio
Dependency
Ratio
TPAK growth
II - 34
2.1.4. COMMUNITY HEALTH
Community health data collection and analyses method is referring to Decree of
Head of Environmental Impact Management Board No.Kep-124/12/1997 on Guide of
Community Health Aspect Assessment.
Qualitative and quantitative data collections are obtained through interview along
with structured questionnaire, in-depth interview, and observation in community
settlement. Respondents are chosen from community population predicted that
will be impacted. Considering community impacted is homogeny, the respondent
size is determined by using the following equation:
n = n 1 + 0,10 n1
n
2
n1 =
N = size of reference population
n2
1+
N
4x p xq
n2 =
n2 = sample size at first stage
25
p = Percentage of subject prediction that will be assessed, q = 100 – p.
Respondents, distribution as well as their settlement are similar to those of
social-economic-culture component. Data collected include: disease pattern,
health facility and type, disease incidence and prevalence, health service,
medication habits, disease vector, nutrient status, water usage habits,
environmental sanitation, as well as environmental condition. Considering
respondents and sampling site are similar to social-economic-culture aspect
assessment, community health questionnaire instrument are gathering together
with social-economic-culture questionnaire.
Data are analyzed using environmental impact health assessment, and
epidemiology through: (1) simple statistics, (2) evaluative description, and (3)
official guide suitable with the study.
II - 35
Table 2.38. Community Health Parameter, Data Collection and Analyses Method
Parameter
Data Collection Method
Data Analyses Method
Health facility
and type
Secondary data obtained
from related institution
Disease
incidence and
prevalence
from related institution;
primary data obtained
from field observation
Methods of
environmental impact
health assessment and
epidemiology
Methods of
epidemiology
Health service
inclusion
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
from field observation
Methods of
epidemiology
Community
health level
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
Nutrient status
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
Water usage
habit
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
Disease pattern
Methods of
epidemiology
Data Sampling
Location
Local government clinic,
Provincial, regencial
and District Health
Office
and District Health
Office; Community
settlement
and District Health
Office; Community
settlement
Clarification
Data are
analyzed
qualitatively
and
quantitatively
and District Health
Office; Community
settlement similar to
that of in the sampling
site of social-economicculture component.
and District Health
Office; Community
and District Health
Office; Community
and District Health
Office; Community
II - 36
Environmental
sanitation
condition
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
Environmental
sanitation
facility
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
Disease vector
from observation,
interview, in-depth
interview.
Methods of
epidemiology
and District Health
Office; Community
and District Health
Office; Community
and District Health
Office; Community
II - 37
Table 2.39. Environmental Community Health Quality Scale
Environmental
Parameter
Health service
inclusion
1
Very bad
Not medicated
Disease pattern
Sequence 1-5 are
infectious diseases
Community
health level
Population density
100 persons/km2,
Population growth
.3.5%/year)
Nutrient status
Water usage
habit
Very bad
Drinking water is
taken from the river
and not boiled
before drink
Environmental
sanitation facility
and condition
No environmental
sanitation facility,
environmental
sanitation in the
surrounding is very
bad
Disease vector
Cockroach,
mosquitoes and
rodent are
abundance
3
Moderate
Village Integrated
Health Service
Post (Posyandu)
Sequence 1-2
Sequence 1-3
infectious
infectious
diseases
diseases
Sequence 4-5 not Sequence 3-5 not
infectious
infectious
diseases
diseases
Population density Population density
51-100
100 persons/km2,
persons/km2,
Population growth
Population growth 2.51-3%/year)
3.01-3.5%/year)
2
Bad
Witch doctor
Bad
Drinking water is
taken from the
river and boiled
before drink
Environmental
sanitation usage
25%,
environmental
sanitation in the
surrounding is
very bad
Cockroach,
mosquitoes and
rodent
Moderate
Drinking water is
merely taken from
well and boiled
before drink
Environmental
sanitation usage
50%,
environmental
sanitation in the
surrounding is
very bad
Cockroach,
mosquitoes and
rodent are found
moderately
4
Good
Local
Government
Clinic
Sequence 1
infectious
diseases
Sequence 2-5
not infectious
diseases
Population
density 100
persons/km2,
Population
growth 22.5%/year)
Good
Drinking water
is taken from
well or public
drinking water
facility (PDAM)
and boiled
before drink
Environmental
sanitation
usage 75%,
environmental
sanitation in the
surrounding is
good
Cockroach,
mosquitoes and
rodent are
rarely found
5
Very good
Hospital
Sequence 1-3
not infectious
diseases
Population
density 100
persons/km2,
Population
growth
<2%/year)
Very good
Drinking water is
merely taken
from public
drinking water
facility (PDAM)
and boiled
before drink
Environmental
sanitation usage
>75%,
environmental
sanitation in the
surrounding is
good
Cockroach,
mosquitoes and
rodent are very
rare
II - 38
2.2. SIGNIFICANT IMPACT PREDICTION METHOD
According to Soemarwoto (1989), prediction can be done through:
a) Prediction of environmental condition at the time twith project = Qdp
b) Prediction of environmental condition at the time W without project = Qtp
Therefore, impact can be predicted as Qdp minus Qtp
The prediction of impact existences is an effort to find the answer on the question of
how much the magnitude of environmental parameter value will be changed due to the
existence of activity plan. Prediction can be done on each environmental parameter.
Impact prediction is done to each environmental parameter. Impact prediction method
adapted, can be grouped into two methods, i.e. formal method, and informal method.
Prediction model adapted, will consist uncertainty aspects, hence in every impact
prediction activity, probability analyses is also involved. Methods include:
1. Mathematical calculation model,
2. Experiment,
3. Visual simulation,
4. Analogy,
5. Professional judgment.
2.2.1. MATHEMATICAL CALCULATION METHOD
Mathematical calculation method is the relationship between cause and effect that
represents activity plan impact on environmental parameter, and formulated
quantitatively in the form of quantitative ratio and mathematical model.
Emission size resulted from mobile sources can be calculated based on emission
factor from WHO Offset Publication No.62, 1982. Air quality parameters of diesel
fuel pollutant emission are shown on Table 2.40.
Table 2.40. Pollutant Emission per m3 fuel
No
Pollutant
1.
2.
3.
4.
SO2
NO2
CO
Particulate/Dust
Emission factor
(kg/unit time)
7.9544
9.2103
36.4226
2.0095
Emission size = (emission factor) x (Amount of fuel)
II - 39
2.2.1.2. Noise
Prediction of noise distribution in the surrounding environment caused by activity
plan is using the formula:
L2
= L1 – 10 log R2/R1 –Ae, dBA
(mobile noise)
L2
= L1 – 20 log R2/R1 –Ae, dBA
(static noise)
L2
L1
R1,R2
Ae
= Noise level in the distance of R2 from project site, noise source, dBA
= Noise level in the distance of R1, dBA
= Distance from noise source, m
= Noise attenuation caused by air humidity, dBA
Mixing zone formula is used to predict decreasing water quality due to wastewater:
Cc
= (QaCa + QbCb) / (Qa + Qb)
Cc
Qa
Ca
Qb
: concentration of water body quality parameter after mixed with wastewater
: wastewater debit
: concentration of wastewater parameter
: water body debit before mixed with wastewater
: concentration of water body quality before mixed with wastewater
Cb
2.2.1.3. Morbidity
Following is the example of impact prediction calculation of morbidity component
using formal method:
P=
Total cases of past and recent diseases in the particular time
x10 n
Population risk in the particular time
P = Disease prevalence, in this study prevalence is expressed in n = 100
Prevalence is used to know the new cases suffered by disease. This can be known
from the higher disease prevalence compared to that of in the past. Thus, from the
increasing disease prevalence after the project exists, it is possible to predict that
the disease is caused by the project activity.
2.2.2. ANALOGY METHOD
Several environmental parameters predicted with analogy approach, are presented
on Table 2.41.
II - 40
Table 2.41.
Analogy Method that is Used
No
Component/Environmental Parameter
1)
Noise level
1.
Dust
2.
Water quantity
3.
Terrestrial Flora-fauna
2)
Community perception
4.
Job opportunity
5.
Earning
6.
Community Health
7.
Convenience/Safety
8.
Land use planning
Source: Compilation Data PPLH, 2006
Informal Approaches that Are Used
Analogy with similar activity as well as literature
Analogy with similar activity as well as literature
Professional judgment
Literature
Professional judgment and analogy
Literature/Analogy
Regional Spatial Planning (RTRW)
2.2.3. SIGNIFICANT IMPACT PREDICTION
Important impact evaluation is done by using 6 criteria of significant impacts
mentioned in the Government Regulation Number 27 year 1999 on EIA. The criteria
are as follows:
1. Amount of community that will be impacted
2. Width of impact distribution
3. Impact intensity and impact duration
4. Amount of environmental components that will be impacted
5. Impact cumulative characteristics
6. Reversible or irreversible impact
Significance impact criteria are determined as follows:
1. If the total P (significant) criteria ≥ 4, the prediction impact is significant
2. If the total P (significant) criteria ≤ 3, however one of P is amount of community
that will be impacted criteria, the prediction impact is significant
3. If the total P (significant) criteria ≤ 3 and amount of community that will be
impacted criteria is not included, the prediction impact is insignificant
2.3. METHOD OF SIGNIFICANT IMPACT EVALUATION
Following impact identification and prediction, for the sake of decision making process
impact evaluation activity is needed. Impact evaluation targets are:
a) To give information of component impacted along with its characteristics and
impact magnitude,
II - 41
b) To give input to decision maker on component impacted and recommendation to
mitigate such impact.
2.3.1. EVALUATION OF SIGNIFICANT IMPACT
Significant impact evaluation is carried out on activity components causing impact and
environmental component impacted. Evaluation process is holistically initiated by
study and investigation on the significant impact direction and tendency in one system
unit of project activity plan based on impact prediction results, and time scope
(technical time), as well as area study scope border that have been determined.
Impact evaluation is carried out holistically and integrated. Impact evaluation is a total
investigation as a result from impact prediction on component activity causing impact
and environmental component affected by impact (positive/negative) in one unit that
are interrelated and interdependent.
2.3.2. INVESTIGATION AND DIRECTION AS BASES OF MANAGEMENT
Investigation is conducted by using impact flow diagram resulting from impact
prediction. The main components will be used in verification of Interaction matrix
between activity component and environmental component (Modified Leopold
Matrix). Hence, from the interaction matrix, significant primary impact and significant
subsequent/derivative impact: secondary, tertiary impacts etc, as well as impact
causal agents can be evaluated clearly. Results from this evaluation are presented
as a base for determining significant impact that must be managed (Direction for
environmental management plans and environmental monitoring plans).
2.3.3. METHOD OF MODIFIED LEOPOLD MATRIX
Modified Leopold matrix is used to identify, predict, and evaluate activity plan that
impacts on the relatively natural area; and in the surrounding activities emerging
impact do not exist a lot. This matrix method consists of three steps assessment
activities, i.e. impact identification, impact prediction, and impact evaluation.
Based on the determination of important/unimportant impact criteria and category,
final decision of resulted evaluation are determined to distinguish significant impact
of project activity plan on each environmental parameter. The importance level of
impact
that
will
be
used,
are
important/significant
impact
(P)
and
unimportant/insignificant impact (TP).
II - 42
2.3.4. DISTRIBUTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS’ VALUE
Parameters that their threshold values are not regulated by environmental quality
standard, their deviation values will be evaluated by comparing these values to the
correctness values mentioned in the literatures or will be referred to expert judging.
2.3.5. EVALUATION RESULTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL FEASEBILITY
DECISSION
In the occasion of using significant impact criteria mentioned in Government
Regulation No 27 year 1999, the criteria cannot be operated in EIA arrangement, due
to additional criteria for significance impact level, environmental quality scale
determination, and significance impact level decision process are still needed.
After the significant impact levels of each activity or environmental components have
been decided, the next steps are needed to determine significances of all activity
components on all environmental components and vice versa. These steps are
necessary as inputs in decision process of environmental feasibility of activity plan.
2.3.6. ALTERNATIVE OF SIGNIFICANCY IMPACT LEVEL CATEGORIZATION
Alternative of significances impact level categorization that can be used
simultaneously is presented in the following flow diagram.
II - 43
Category I
Amount of Community to be Impacted
Impact will be categorized important if:
The total communities living in the study area who DO NOT receive any benefit ≥ total
communities receiving benefit (directly absorbed as workers, receiving activity results,
etc).
Category II
Width of impact distribution
In the study region, occurs the areas that experience fundamental changes from the
aspects of: (i) intensity; (ii) impact reversible/irreversible, and (iii) cumulative impact.
Category III
Impact duration, cumulative, reversible/irreversible
The emerging of fundamental changes looking from the aspects of intensity,
reversibly/irreversibly, and impact accumulation occur in more than one activity phases
Category IV
Impact Intensity
The intensity of environmental changes is severe, occurs drastically in the relatively
large area and in the short duration.
II - 44
The Amount of Components impacted
Category V
a. Environmental quality has elevated the prevailed standard regulations.
b. Criteria admitted based on scientific and professional judgment have
elevated
c. Protected endanger and rare species are subjected to extinguish.
d. Protected area will be degraded or disturbed
e. Inheriting material will be degraded or extinguished.
f. Occurring dispute among communities, or between government and
communities.
g. Beautifully Natural Area will be changed or modified.
Based on the determination of important/unimportant impact criteria and category,
final decision of resulted evaluation are determined to distinguish significant impact
of project activity plan on each environmental parameter. The importance level of
impact
that
will
be
used,
are
important/significant
impact
(P)
and
unimportant/insignificant impact (TP).
II - 45
CHAPTER III
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.1. PROPONENT AND TEAM OF STUDY
3.1.1. PROPONENT
Name of Institution
: PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia
Person in charge
: Ir. Antung Pandoyo
Function
: Managing Director
Address
: Gedung Sentral Senayan Lt.4
Jl. Asia Afrika VIII No. 8 Jakarta Selatan
Telephone
: 021-5723070
Fax
: 021-5723080
Activity Permit
Number
: 473/III/PMA/2007 dated 11 April 2007
Institution Issuing
Permit
: Investment Coordination Body
Activity Permit Status
: Foreign Investment
Principle Permit
Number
: K/176/M/III/2000
Institution Issuing
Permit
: Ministry of Defence
3.1.2. TEAM OF STUDY
Name of Institution
: Centre for Environmental Research Research Institute of Diponegoro University
Person in Charge
: Prof. Dr. Ir. Supriharyono, MS
Function
: Chairman
Address
: Gedung Widya Puraya Lt. 2, Kampus Tembalang,
Semarang 50275, Telp. /Fax 024-7460035.
Telephone/Fax
: 024-7460035
Chapter III : Project Description
III - 1
3.1.3. TEAM OF STUDY
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
FUNCTION IN THE TEAM
NAME
(EXPERTISE)
(QUALIFICATION/CERTIFICATION)
Person in charge
S1 Fishery, IPB
S2/S3 Coastal Natural Resources
Management, Univ.of Wales U.K.
Team Leader
S1 Physics, UGM
S2 Environment, UGM
Doctor candidate of coastal nat.
resc.management Undip
Physical-Chemistry Expert
S1 Chemistry, Undip
S2 Chemistry, McMaster Univ. Canada
Geology and Oceanography Expert
S1 Geology, UGM
S2 Applied Geophysics, ITB
Noise and Mapping Expert
S1 Physics, UGM
S2 Applied Geophysics, ITB
Biology Expert
S1 Biology, UGM
S2/S3 Marine Biology, Univ.of Wales U.K.
Biology Assistance
S1 Biology, UGM
S2 Biology, Univ. of Wales UK
Sociology Expert
S1 Gvt. administration, Undip
S2 Gvt. administration, UGM
Sociology Assistance
S1 Public administration, UGM
S2 Public administration, Queen
Univ.Canada
Community Health Expert
S1 Medication Undip
S2 Clinical Pathology Specialist Undip
Translator
S1 Pharmacy, Univ. of Indonesia
S2 Environmental toxicology, Dalhousie
Univ. Canada.
S3 Env. toxicology-pharmacology, Undip
Prof. Dr. Ir. Supriharyono, MS
Head of Centre for Environmental Research Research Institute of Diponegoro University
Drs. Dwi P. Sasongko, M.Si.
EIA A, B, Environmental Auditor, Coastal
management; EIA arranging experience 20
years
Ir. Indro Sumantri, M.Eng.
EIA A; EIA arranging experience 15 years
Ir. Sugeng Widada, MT
EIA A, B, Geology, Sea Geology Research and
EIA arranging experience 10 years
Drs. Toni Yulianto, MT
EIA A, EIA arranging experience 10 years
Dr. Norma Afiati, M.Sc.
EIA A, B, Marine Biology research and EIA
arranging experience 20 years
Drs. Jafron Wasiq Hidayat, M.Sc.
EIA A, Biology Research and EIA arranging
experience 10 years
Drs. Edi Santosa,SU
EIA A, B, EIA arranging experience 20 years
Dra. Hartuti Purnaweni, MPA
EIA A, EIA arranging experience 10 years
dr. Purwanto AP, SpPK
EIA A; EIA arranging experience 20 years
Dr. Henna Rya Sunoko, Apt., MES
EIA A, B; Environmental Auditing;
Environmental toxicology research and EIA
arranging experience 20 years
Clarification: S1 = bachelor degree, S2 = master degree, S3 = Doctor degree/PhD
III - 2
3.2. STATUS OF STUDY AND ACTIVITY PLAN LOCATION
3.2.1. STATUS OF STUDY
Activity of living environmental study of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI
Construction Plan is done simultaneously along with technical and
economical feasability studies. Initial feasability study has been carried out by
PT KNI, and its result is used as a main reference in activity plan description
arangement in this chapter.
3.2.2. SUITABILITY OF ACTIVITY PLAN LOCATION WITH
REGIONAL SPATIAL PLANNING (RTRW)
Based on Regional Regulation of Bontang City Number 3 Year 2003 on Bontang
City Spatial Planning Year 2001 – 2010, the activity plan location is included in
BWK A; i.e. part of the city area that has been developed and consisted of 7
sub-BWK. The factory is located in industrial estate of PT. KIE lied in Sub-BWK
A-1 is industrial estate of PKT-KIE functions as main developer in petrochemical
upper industry and its supporting.
3.2.3. ACTIVITY PLAN LOCATION
3.2.3.1. Land Borders
Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI construction activity plan located in industrial
estate of PT KIE is referring to Letter of Agreement of Land Trading between PT
KIE and PT KNI Number 40.03/SP/DIR/KIE/X/2006 dated on Oktober 12, 2006
with the HGB Sertificate Number 07 width of 100.000 m2. Based on the Letter, the
activity is located in Guntung Village, North Bontang District, Bontang City, East
Kalimantan Province, and bordered by:
a. North side
: Industrial Estate of PT. KIE
b. East side
c. South side
d. West side
The location is laid in Bontang City coastal area, inside industrial estate of PT KIE.
Naturally, location condition is coastal marsh, 6 km distance from centerl
government of Bontang City. Location coordinates are 117029’5.7’’ East
Longitude and 0010’33.8’’ South Latitude.
III - 3
3.2.3.2. Consideration of Location Determination
Determination of activity plan location is based on the following considerations:
-
Location is adjacent to Industrial Complex of PT. Pupuk Kaltim as Ammonia
(main raw material) supplier.
-
Location is laid in coastal area; therefore it is possible for equipment and
material supply as well as product market activities using boat or ship as sea
transportation mode.
-
The width of existing land can provide both factory area and exclusion area
for safety purposes.
-
Chilling water source can be supplied from the sea.
-
Location is fitting with technical feasibility study.
Site project location and land border map are shown in Figure 3.1 and Figure 3.2.
3.2.3.3. Location Layout of Activity Plan
Layout plan of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI location is shown in
Figure 3.3.
III - 4
Figure 3.1. Project Site Location
III - 5
Figure 3.2. Land Border Map
III - 6
Figure 3.3. Factory Building Layout
III - 7
3.2.3.4. Land Usage
Land width managed by PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia is 180,000 m2, and is used
for:
:
28,800 m2
16.00 %
:
2
1.00 %
2
0.66 %
2
0.21 %
2
0.08 %
2
0.50 %
2
0.21 %
2
0.38 %
2
0.06 %
2
0.17 %
2
0.17 %
2
0.21 %
2
0.06 %
2
0.02 %
2
0.17 %
2
0.44 %
2
0.82 %
2
1.11 %
19. Open Space
2
: 139,920 m
77.73 %
Total area
: 180,000 m2
100.00 %
1. Packaging material storage
2. Outflow storage
3. Ammonium Nitrate Dry Product
4. Ammonium Nitrate Wet Product
5. Prilling Tower
6. Nitric acid Factory
7. Control Room
8. Instrument Room
9. Urea Storage
10. Additional Chemical Storage
11. Drum Storage
12. Heavy Duty Equipment Storage
13. Fuel Depot
14. Guard Room
15. Canteen/Training Room
16. Office
17. Workshop/Warehouse
18. Miscellaneous
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1,800 m
1,200 m
375 m
150 m
900 m
375 m
675 m
100 m
300 m
300 m
375 m
100 m
30 m
300 m
800 m
1,500 m
2,000 m
3.2.3.5. Activity Location Distance to Other Activities
Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI is located in industrial estate of PT. KIE
together with other joint venture industries. The industrial estate activity is
included in industrial complex of PT. Pupuk Kaltim. Inside the complex there are
also settlement, health, gymnasium, education, worship facilities, etc. Other
activity outside industrial complex is community settlement. The closest
community settlement is located in Loktuan Village in the distance of 1 km to the
south of factory, and in Guntung Village in the distance of 3.5 km to the
Northwest of factory.
III - 8
3.3. ACTIVITIES PHASES
3.3.1. LAND PREPARATION PHASE
3.3.1.1. Survey and Measurement
3.3.1.1.1. Mapping of Project Site Situation
Mapping of situation in the form of topography map is done in activity plan site in
around coordinate of 117029’5.7’’ East Longitude and 0010’33.8’’ South Latitude,
bordered with PT Pupuk Kaltim warehouse and PT Pupuk Kaltim Green Belt.
The topography mapping is done in order to know initial morphology condition,
and therefore soil needed for filling activity can be predicted, and elevation
planned can be obtained.
Generally, situation measuring and mapping includes BM & CP concrete pole
posting, horizontal and vertical controlling, and detail situation measuring.
Significant data used to determine Bench Mark coordinates are obtained from
directly measuring in the field. Initial coordinate to control horizontal is taken
through 1:50,000 topography map interpolation with grid system, while initial
azimuth is obtained from sun azimuth measurement. Horizontal control
measurement is done by polygon method. The elevations of all polygon points
are measured; initial reference point for vertical control is taken from BM pole
which its elevation has been known. Measured situation is based on horizontal
and vertical frame network that has been installed, by measuring the
surrounding, and by measuring in the survey area.
3.3.1.1.2. Quarry Plan
Quarry determination is done to get soil filling material that fulfil technical
requirement. Determined location is in the area next to site activity plan which is
located in Lok Tuan Village, exactly in the back of PKT employment Mess in the
coordinate of 552793 longitudes and 19504 latitudes.
As pre-loading material, soil from Palu City, Central Sulawesi Province is chosen
by considering that optimal compaction value will be achieved. Technical
operation of digging soil material in Lok Tuan quarry has to be planned. The plan
includes situation mapping, reserve inventory, and digging soil material plan.
III - 9
a. Mapping of Situation
Mapping of situation in the quarry is done similar to that of factory plan site.
Mapping is carried out to obtain initial morphology data and planning elevation
for post digging soil material, from the result reserved soil material can be
calculated, as well as land usage in the phase of post digging soil material can
be planned.
b. Reserve Calculation
Reserve inventory is valuably to know the existing soil material in the quarry,
and therefore adequate material that can be used for factory land site
reclamation can be predicted.
c. Digging Planning of Material for Filling
Following mapping of situation, reserve calculation, and post digging
elevation determination, then digging activity is planned. Initial point and
digging rate are determined by considering the safety of slope stability, and
reaching out easiness.
3.3.1.2. Labour Recruitment
Labour recruitment includes labour for digging activity preparation and labour for
digging and filling operation. Detail labour recruitment is presented on Table 3.1.
Table 3.1. Labour/Employment Needed in Land Preparation
No.
Labour/Employment
Qualification
1.
Site Manger
2.
Superintendent
3.
QA/QC
4.
Engineer
5.
Supervisor
6.
Material Controller
7
Safety Officer
8
Administrator
9
Electrician/Mechanic
10
Office Boy
11
Security
Source: PT KIE, 2007
Number
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
3
2
1
4
III - 10
3.3.1.3. Equipment Mobilization
The activities of digging soil material, soil unloading from the barge, transporting
material/soil, filling land, will need equipments such as dump truck, bulldozer,
excavator, backhoe, water tank, vibro roller, etc. Numbers of equipment that will
be used are presented on Table 3.2. The equipment will be transported from the
contractor home base to the location, and transportation will pass by the street.
Table 3.2. Equipment Needed in Land Preparation
Equipment
No
Qualification
1
Excavator PC-200
2
Bulldozer D-7
3
Dump Truck 10 Wheels
4
Whellloader
5
Vibro roller
6
Motor grader
Source: PT KIE
Numbers
8
5
22
4
2
1
3.3.1.1. Digging of Material for Filling
Digging material in the quarry is done by using heavy duty equipments such as
excavator, bulldozer, and dump truck. Digging is begun from the top of the hill;
forming terrace ring is needed in this activity in order to clearly identify the
location border with its surrounding. Digging is carried out in a particular manner,
i.e. the digging slope is not more than 1:2 to avoid land sliding during and after
digging activities.
3.3.1.2. Transportation of Material for Filling
Quarry and land that will be filled are located in industrial estate of PT KIE;
therefore transporting soil material will not pass Public Street. Transportation
uses dump truck, and soil loading to dump truck in the quarry uses excavator.
Sand-gravel will be brought from Palu using barge, unloading will be used
excavator and will be transported by dump truck to land filling location.
3.3.1.3. Land Clearing
The location of Ammonia Nitrate Factory PT KNI plan is coastal marsh with
plenty of bush, garbage, and other unused materials, therefore land clearing
has to be done. Land clearing is done by using bulldozer, and due to project site
is coastal marsh grabbing is also done to remove mangrove roots to dumping
area.
III - 11
3.3.1.5. Land Preparation
Land preparation activities include base camp construction, land clearing,
mangrove roots removing, top higher land cutting, blanket laying, geotextile
laying, land filling, and drainage construction
3.3.1.5.1. Base Camp Construction
Base camp construction is needed as equipment spare parts’ storage (spare
parts of equipments used for digging/unloading/filling etc), field administration
activity, labour barrack, and workshop. The base camp is constructed in the
surrounding soil filling activity location.
3.3.1.5.2. Land Filling Activity
Considering part of PT. KNI land is coastal marsh, first this part has to be filled
up to higher than seawater surface, thus laying soil material and compacting in
reclamation activity will be easier. Before filling the marsh, safety guard wall
/dike has to be erected in the sea side and in the side bordered with PT. Pupuk
Kaltim industrial complex drainage, hence soil material will not go to the sea or
block the drainage. Due to the west side of the land is higher than other sides,
land cutting has to be done in this part and material resulted for cutting is
moved to the lower part. Reclamation is done from the land direction to the sea,
the reclamation activity includes:
1.
Determining outside border of reclamation area through the calculation of
reclamation area slope and height based on coordinates figured on the
map.
2.
Determining guard wall/dike trace and dike ground width. The width is
depended on dike slope, dike height, and width of dike top. Slope of
outside dike is 1:5, and slope of inside dike is 1:2. The width of dike top is
4 m, and will function as factory ring road.
3.
Filling dike is done in layer and followed by levelling.
4.
Drainage with ∅ 1.00 m is installed in the dike, in every 100 m distance, to
drain water for reclamation area.
5.
Initial land filling is done using sand-gravel brought from Palu Central
Sulawesi Province, and functions as blanket with the thickness of 0.6 m.
The sand-gravel is transported using barge and unloaded exactly at the
III - 12
end of reclamation area (in the side of Tursina Pier). Sand-stone then is
loaded to dump truck using loader, transported to reclamation site, and
dispersed evenly layer by layer. Sand-gravel granulometry analyses
results that it consists of sand 49.5% and gravel 44.21% with mud in the
concentration of 6.29%.
6.
After sand-gravel blanketing has finished, geotextile woven as separator
layer is laid.
7.
Following laying blanket and geotextile, is filling land using material from
the quarry in the surrounding Kayu Emasa Street (in the back side of PKT
mess) on the areas C1 and C2 until the elevation of + 101.70, filling is
continued for surcharge until the elevation of + 104.70. Material used for
this filling activity is gradual material with CBR value minimum 5% after 4
days submersion and 100% after compaction compared to dry
compaction according to AASHTO T. 99.
Laying filling material above geotextile is done layer by layer, maximum of
each layer thickness is 20 cm then it is compacted using vibro roller. Before
compaction, it is sprayed with water using water tank truck to obtain the
planned compaction. In the site that vibro roller cannot reach, compaction is
done by using mechanical jumping roller; however the layer thickness should
not more than 15 CM.
3.3.1.5.3. Drainage Construction
After reclamation finished, drainage is constructed to flow rain water from
planned factory PT KNI land to drainage system.
3.3.1.5.4. Land Clearing
All unused remaining materials such as garbage and other unused materials
are moved from the location in order not to disturb following activities.
3.3.1.5.5. Land Clearing
The next step is land usage suitable with the plan of Ammonium Nitrate
Factory PT KNI construction, while ex quarry is used suitable with the plan of
industrial estate of PT KIE.
III - 13
a. Land clearing
b. Digging of soil material for filling purposes
Figure 3.1. Land clearing and material digging
III - 14
a. Laying of filling material
Figure 3.2. Laying and compacting filling material
III - 15
3.3.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
3.3.2.1. Personnel Recruitment
Personnel recruitment in construction phase is around 400 persons. These
personnel will be supplied by construction contractor manager. Personnel
recruited are especially labours, and the priority is local labours suitable with
their specification. Professional personnel will be recruited from outside of the
project location. This activity is temporarily, and will end after construction
activity finished.
Activity recruitment is hopping to give positive impact to the community due to
the job opportunity, effort opportunity, livelihood, and earning will increase.
However, if the amount of local labours do not fulfil the needs or is not
proportional it will give negative perception to the community.
3.3.2.2. Equipment and Construction Material Mobilization
Almost all equipment and material mobilization will use land transportation.
This activity predicted will impact and cause transportation disturbances,
decreasing air quality, increasing noise, decreasing environment convenience
and aesthetic, health disturbance, as well as community negative perception
and attitude.
Type and numbers of materials used in the construction phase is planned
suitable with the needs. The contractor manager will list detail materials types
and numbers.
3.3.2.3. Factory Construction Activity
Factory and its supporting unit construction activities include production
process, utility unit, office, warehouse, control room, instrument room,
workshop, wastewater treatment unit, fuel depot, water cooler system facility,
safety guard house, canteen/training room, and other supporting units for
production process activity, harbour affairs facility, mechanical and electrical
activities.
All activities are predicted will impact on several environmental parameters
such as: decreasing air quality, increasing noise and vibrate, increasing
runoff, decreasing seawater quality, sea transportation disturbance, hydrooceanography alteration, marine biota disturbance, fisherman activity
III - 16
disturbance, decreasing environment convenience and aesthetic, decreasing
work health and safety, health disturbance, as well as community negative
perception and attitude.
3.3.3. OPERATION PHASE
3.3.3.1. Raw Material and Supporting Material
a. Raw Material
The raw material of ammonium nitrate is ammoniac and nitric acid.
Ammoniac will be supplied by PT Pupuk Kaltim, while nitric acid will be
produced by PT KNI itself. Other raw materials are air and sea water.
b. Supporting Material
Supporting material of ammonium nitrate industry is hydrogen and air. Raw
material and additive material data are presented on Table 3.2.
3.3.3.2. Product
PT KNI produces ammonium nitrate 300,000 tonnes/year. Concentration
minimum of ammonium nitrate product is 99 %, while nitric acid is 60 %. The
factory will be operated 24 hours/day and 7 days/week. Work shifting is 3
times, includes:
- Shift I
: 07.00 – 15.00 o’clock
- Shift II
: 15.00 – 23.00 o’clock
- Shift III : 23.00 – 07.00 o’clock
- Shift IV : 0ff
Non-shift :
8 hours/day/person, 40 hours/week/person
Product’s type, capacity, form and characteristics as well as product storage
system is presented on Table 3.3.
III - 17
Table 3.2. The Need of Raw Material and Supporting Material in PT. KNI
Type
a. Raw Material
1. Ammonia
2. Air
3. Amm. Sulphate
4. Nitric acid
b. Additive Material
1. Oxygen
2. Catalyst Pt /Rh
3. Lilamine (Amine)
4. Soda ash
5. Spill Absorbent
6. Mineral Oil
7. Prill Additive
8. Lime Stone
9. NaOH
10. HCl
11. Antifoam
12. Nitrogen
13. Sulphate acid
14. Natural Gas
15. Urea
16. Anti foam Cooling water
17. Inhibitor Cooling water
18. Biocide Cooling water
19. Stabilized Biocide
Physical
Form
Material
Characteristic
Material Origin
Storage System
20 ton/hour
145 ton/hour
2400 ton/year
53 ton/hour
Liquid
Gas
Liquid
Liquid
Flammable
Flammable
Non Flammable
Corrosive
PT. PKT
Atmosphere
In country
Self product
Piping system
Piping system
Drum (Closed warehouse)
Piping system
99.5
98.0
100.0
100.0
0.5
2.0
-
1 kg/year
120 kg/year
300 ton/year
2 ton/year
2 ton/year
25 m3/year
225 ton/year
2 ton/year
10 m3/year
3m3/year
1m3/year
200 Nm3/hour
20 m3/year
50 Sm3/hour
1200 ton/year
1000 L/year
3000 L/year
3000 L/year
3000 L/year
Gas
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Liquid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Liquid
Liquid
Gas
Liquid
gas
Solid
Liquid
Liquid
Liquid
Liquid
Flammable
Heavy metal
Non Toxic
Corrosive
Non Toxic
Non Toxic
Non Toxic
Non Toxic
Corrosive
Corrosive
Non Toxic
Non Hazardous
Corrosive
Flammable
Non Hazardous
Non Hazardous
Non Hazardous
Non Hazardous
Non Hazardous
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
In country
Import
In country
Import
Import
Import
Import
Import
Cylinder(Closed warehouse)
Bag (Closed warehouse)
- (Piping)
- (Piping)
Bag (Open warehouse)
100.0
100.0
100.0
-
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
Source: PT. KNI, 2007
Material Balance
% product % leftover
Capacity
(Vol/time)
III - 15
Table 3.3. Product Data
Product Type
Capacity (tonnes/year)
Ammonium
Nitrate
300,000
Product Physical
Form and
Characteristic
Solid and or
solution and as
substances
Storage System
Solid ammonium nitrate
product is put in the bag
and places in
warehouse.
3.3.3.3. Production Equipment
Main equipments used in the production included type, numbers, condition,
country origin, and energy source, are presented on Table 3.4.
Table 3.4. Production Main Equipment
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Equipment type
Nitric acid plant
Demin water tank
Air filter
Turbine condenser
Steam turbine
Air compressor
Ammonia filter liquid
Ammonia vaporizer
Ammonia Filter gas
Ammonia air filter
Ammonia super heater
Mixed gas filter
NOx compressor
Expander
NOx absorber
Numbers
Energy Used Impact Type:
Condition
Country Origin for Moving Vibrate/Noise/
(%)
Motor
Heat/ Sharp
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
15 Converter
1
100
Australia
Electric
16 Tail gas heater
2
100
Australia
Electric
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
NO gas separator
Economizer
Steam drum
Feed water preheater
Desuperheater
Deaerator
BFW feed pump
Gas cooler
Bleacher column
Heat
Noise
Noise
Heat & noise
Heat & noise
Sharp
Sharp and heat
Sharp and heat
Sharp and heat
Sharp and heat
Sharp
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas, and
heat
Noise, gas, and
heat
Noise, gas, and
heat
Gas and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas and
III - 15
26
27
28
29
Gas cooler
Absorber
Process water tank
Air condensate tank
heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Heat
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
10 Ammonium nitrate evaporator
1
100
Australia
Electric
11 Ammonium nitrate Prill feed tank
12 Process condensate cooler
1
1
100
100
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
1
100
Australia
Electric
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
1
100
Australia
Electric
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas and
heat
Noise and heat
Ammonium Nitrate Plant
1 Ammonia
2 Condenser
3 Nitric acid heater
4 Process condensate tank & pump
5 Ammonia
6 Vapour separator
7 Collecting tank
8 Steam ejector
9 Ammonium nitrate solution tank
Prill tower
Predryer
Process condensate
Predryer air heater
Prilling air scrubber
Final scrubber
Screen
Cooler
Injection air heater
Fluidization air cooler
Coating agent storage
Coater
Ammonia
26 Ammonia
Supporting Equipment
1 Feed water tank
2 Feed water deaerator
3 Demin water
4 NH3 preheater
5 Process gas cooler
6
7
8
9
Cooler condenser 1
Cooler condenser 2
Air compressor
NO compressor
10 NH3 air mixer
Gas and heat
Gas and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Gas and heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas and
heat
Noise, gas and
heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas and
heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Noise and heat
Noise, gas and
heat
Noise, gas and
heat
III - 16
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
NH3 tail gas mixer
Chilled water circulating pump
Catalyst recovery system
Vapour separator
Ammonium nitrate solution tank
Process condensate tank
Ammonium nitrate solution tank
Ammonia heater
Ammonium nitrate tank ejector
Ammonia mixer
Nitric acid mixer
60% ammonium nitrate storage tank
Ammonium nitrate neutralizer
Head tank
Prill tower belt conveyor
Bucket elevator
Final scrubber fan
Head tank agitator
Dryer
Screen
Coating drum
Steam condensate tank
Steam saturator
Steam condenser
Nitric acid storage tank
Air heater
Bin activator
Bulk loading head
Bulk silo
Bagging silo
Batch weigher for big bags
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Heat
Heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise
Noise
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Heat
Noise and heat
Noise and heat
Noise
Noise
Noise
III - 17
3.3.3.4. Energy Usage
Energy used for the factory included type, capacity, usage/month, and source
is presented on Table 3.5.
Table 3.5 Energy Usage
Energy Type
Capacity
Using/Month
Source
3.6 MW
2,160,000
KWH
PT. KIE
¾High voltage (40 barg)
33 tonnes/hours
¾Mild voltage (7 barg)
8 tonnes/hours
23,760
tonnes/month
¾Low voltage (3 barg)
2 tonnes/hours
Steam is obtained from
PT PKT with pressure of
40 barg
Electric
Steam
3.3.3.5. Water Usage
Water used for the factory included type, usage/month, treatment system,
source, and usage is presented on Table 3.6
Table 3.6 Water Usage
Water Type
Usage
Clarification
Clean water
(Potable water)
1 m3/day
Water needed are supplied by PT KIE
Demineralised
Water
2 m3/day
Fire Water
2000 m3
3.3.3.6. Fuel and Lubricant Usage
Fuel and lubricant used for factory included type, need/month, and waste
treatment is presented on Table 3.7
III - 18
Table 3.7 Fuel and Lubricant Usage
Material Type
Need / year
Waste treatment
Diesel Fuel
3,500 L/year
Oil waste is collected and sent to the
competence party
Lubricant
5,000 L/year
competence party
Gasoline
80,000 litters are used for
transportation fuel
No waste, all are used
Solar
9,000 litters are used for
transportation fuel
No waste, all are used
Oil
100 litters are used for factory
equipment and transportation fuel
competence party
3.3.3.7. Transportation Usage
Transportation used for factory included usage, transportation type, and
volume/particular time is presented onTable 3.8
Table 3.8 Vehicles Usage
Usage
Raw material
Additive material
Product
Labour/employment
- Private car
- Bus
- Others
Transportation Type
Period
Pipe
Truck/ship
Ship/barge
During operation
4 times/year
10 - 15 times/month
3 units
Commerce: 15 units used for
operational activity
10 times/day
6 times/day
3.3.3.8. Factory Operation Personnel
Total numbers of personnel are 100 persons.
Personnel composition:
a. Expatriate
:
5 persons
b. Local personnel
: 95 persons
Personnel Duty Classification
a. Manager to senior manager : 6 persons.
b. Junior manager
: 15 persons.
c. Non management
: 79 persons.
III - 19
Personnel Classification Based on Education
a. Diplome III and up
:
21 persons.
b. ≤ DII
:
79 persons.
3.3.3.9. Production Process
The capacity of ammonium nitrate factory is 300,000 tonnes / year. The
factory has two activities, i.e. nitric acid unit production and ammonium nitrate
unit production. In general, PT KNI collaborates with vendor that has
reputation internationally and has a good knowledge in ammonium nitrate
production process. Ammonium nitrate both its specification and quality can
be accepted in market area. The factory in its activity will be designed by
considering on well safety factors and well standards. Maximal energy
recovery along with emission and effluent minimization will be adopted as far
as it is economically practicable.
The ammonium nitrate unit production/plant is planned to work continually
with only minimal interruption production time used for equipment
maintenance and regular cleaning of ammonium nitrate dry end plant.
3.3.3.9.1. Nitric Acid Plant
Almost all commercial quantities of nitric acid are manufactured by the
oxidation of ammonia with air to form nitrogen oxides that are absorbed in
water to form nitric acid. PT KNI will employ a weak acid (sub azeotropic)
process to produce Nitric Acid at 60% for Ammonium Nitrate production.
Historically, there is difference philosophy in nitric acid factory design
between USA and Europe that has led to the development of two basic
types of weak acid plants: the high mono pressure and the dual pressure
processes. USA is more favourable to high mono pressure process due to
its lower capital cost (10-15% lower than the dual pressure process), and
traditionally lower energy and ammonia prices. While Europe is more
favourable to dual pressure process due to allowable capital payback
periods and energy costs have traditionally higher causing the process has
evolved giving lower ammonia feedstock usage and lower emission.
PT KNI proposes to use dual pressure process design, and plans to
produce at least 700 tonnes / day to fulfil the needs of nitric acid for
ammonium nitrate production.
III - 20
Dual Pressure Process Description
The process is using medium pressure (0.3 – 0.6 MPa) front end for
ammonia oxidation, and high pressure (1.1 – 1.5 MPa) tail end for
absorption purposes. Compared to high mono pressure plant, oxidation
process in dual pressure is using lower pressure and as a result it will relate
to higher nitric oxide yields and catalyst performance. Losing platinum will
be significantly lower and therefore catalyst will have longer time thus the
production time also will be longer. Reduced pressure also results in weaker
nitric acid condensate from the cooler condenser, which helps to improve
absorber performance. Due to the split in operating conditions, the dualpressure process requires a specialized stainless steel NOx compressor.
Ammonia will be reacted with air on platinum/rhodium alloy catalysts in an
Ammonia Converter. Nitric oxide and water are formed in this process
according to the main equation:
4NH3 + 5O2 –––––> 4NO + 6H2O
(1)
Simultaneously nitrous oxide, nitrogen and water are formed as well, in
accordance with the following equations:
4NH3 + 3O2 –––––> 2N2 + 6H2O
(2)
4NH3 + 4O2 –––––> 2N2O + 6H2O
(3)
It will be important to maintain the reaction temperature between 850 –
940oC to minimise combustion of ammonia and loss of rhodium at high
temperature and to minimise the preferential formation of N2O at low
temperatures to maximise nitric oxide yield.
The catalyst will consist of several woven or knitted gauzes formed from
wire containing about 90% platinum alloyed with rhodium for greater
strength and may contain palladium. Air pollution and contamination from
the ammonia can poison the catalyst. This effect, as well as poor ammoniaair mixing and poor gas distribution across the catalyst, may reduce the
yield by 10%.
The enthalpy of the hot reaction gases will be used to produce steam and/or
to preheat the waste gas (tail gas). The heated waste gas is emitted to the
atmosphere through a gas turbine for energy recovery. This will cool the
III - 21
reaction gas to 100 to 200 °C. The reaction gas will then be further cooled
with water. The water produced in reactions (1) to (3) is then condensed in a
cooler-condenser and transferred to the absorption column.
Nitric oxide is oxidised to nitrogen dioxide as the combustion gases are
cooled, according to the equation:
2NO + O2 <——-> 2NO2
(4)
For this purpose, more air will be injected into the gas mixture obtained from
the ammonia oxidation. This air will be regulated so that the normal oxygen
content of the waste gas leaving the plant is between 2 and 4% by volume.
The absorber will be operated with a counter-current flow of water. The
absorption of the nitrogen dioxide and its reaction to nitric acid and nitric
oxide take place simultaneously in the gaseous and liquid phases according
to equations (4) and (5). These reactions depend on pressure and
temperature to a large extent and are favoured by higher pressure and
lower temperature.
3NO2 + H2O <——-> 2HNO3 + NO -46kJmol-1 NO2
(5)
Reaction (5) is exothermic and continuous cooling will be required within the
absorber. As the conversion of NO to NO2 is favoured by low temperature,
this reaction will take place significantly until the gases leave the absorption
column. The nitric acid produced in the absorber contains dissolved nitrogen
oxides and is then bleached by the secondary air.
Feed Preparation
Liquid ammonia from storage will be evaporated using water or condensate
and superheated to prevent any liquid carry-over. Gaseous ammonia will be
filtered to remove any rust from carbon steel equipment. Trace iron can
promote the decomposition of ammonia before it reaches the gauze. High
purity air will be obtained by using two or three stage filtration. An air
compressor will be driven by a tail gas expander and by a condensing
steam turbine. A static mixer will be used to produce a high quality mixture,
which is essential to maintain good catalyst operation. The concentration of
NH3 in the feed gas will be maintained between 10 to 11% by volume to
avoid the LEL of ammonia (The LEL of ammonia is about 15% at 25 C but
III - 22
decreases with increasing temperature, and possibly with increasing
pressure although Keleti states LEL is constant in the range 1 to 10 bar at
25 C 13.8% vol at atmospheric pressure).
Ammonia Converter Section
The ammonia converter will be designed to give a uniform distribution of the
air/ammonia mixture over the catalyst gauzes. Maintenance of the catalyst
operating temperature is very important for the NO yield. This will be is
achieved by adjusting the air/ammonia ratio and ensuring that the lower
explosive limit for ammonia in air is not exceeded. Conversion of ammonia
to nitric oxide using a platinum based catalyst is high (93–98%). The
optimum reaction temperature for conversion efficiency increases with
operating pressure. Overall, the combination of higher operation pressure
and temperature results in decreased conversion efficiency. Some of the
platinum and rhodium will vaporise during the reaction process and a
recovery system will be installed below the catalyst. This will provide for up
to 60 to 80% recovery of the total catalyst losses. Ultimately catalyst will
need to be replaced. The ammonia converter will probably be the upper
part of a vessel that also contains the first heat recovery section (steam
super heater and steam generator). A set of gas/gas heat exchangers will
transfer the energy from the gas leaving the boiler set, to the tail gas that
will be used to drive the expander.
NOx compression section
The cooled gases leaving the heat recovery section will be further cooled
and then mixed with the air and nitrogen oxides from the bleaching of the
acid solution and then compressed to a higher pressure for the absorption
stage. The heat of compression will be removed from the compressed
gases by heat recovery into the tail gas or the boiler feed water.
Conversion of NO to NO2 is slow and increasing the pressure in this section
means that reductions in equipment and handling system size can be
achieved without impacting on the residence time required optimising
conversion. Following compression, a second cooler condenser will reduce
the temperature of the gases to about 50°C and the acid solution formed
will be returned to the absorber.
III - 23
Absorption Section
The cooled process gas will be fed to a sieve tray absorber where it is
absorbed into demineralised water and condensate. The rate of water flow
is manipulated to produce 60% acid. The acid solution from the absorption
section will be passed to a bleach column, where it will be stripped of the
nitrogen oxides by a flow of air from the air compressor. The air and the
stripped nitrogen oxides will return to the absorber.
NOx Abatement
Abatement of NOx will be achieved by catalytic reduction with ammonia or
natural gas. This will reduce NOx concentrations in the vented tail gas to
below allowable discharge limits.
Nitric Acid Storage
Intermediate storage of Nitric Acid will be provided to service the
Ammonium Nitrate Plant. The storage capacity will be sufficient to allow the
AN Neutralisation Plant to: operate normally should the Nitric Acid Plant
experience a temporary disruption to its production rate or to reduce
production gradually if Nitric Acid Plant production stops due to an incident
or failure. A nominal storage capacity of 1500 tonnes as either one or two
tanks of 60 % (by weight) nitric acid has been allowed for this purpose but
final capacity is yet to be confirmed. The NA storage tank area may have its
own bund and sump, or alternatively be of the double wall type to ensure
containment. Effluent from the Nitric acid plant bonded areas will be treated
in a common treatment facility.
3.3.3.9.2. Ammonium Nitrate Plant
Three steps are essential to ammonium nitrate manufacture: neutralization
of nitric acid with ammonia to produce a concentrated solution; evaporation
to give a melt; and processing by prilling or granulation to give the
commercial solid product.
Neutralisation
Ammonium Nitrate solution will be produced by the instantaneous,
exothermic reaction between nitric acid and gaseous ammonia according to
the following equation:
III - 24
NH3 (g) + HNO3 (aq) -> NH4 NO3 (aq) + Heat
The reaction will be conducted in a well mixed, low inventory reactor to
avoid localised overheating. The temperature in the reactor will be
regulated by the addition rate of feeds and by the removal of heat. The
steam which is evaporated by the heat of reaction will be separated from
the AN solution in the Vapour Separator. This process steam will then be
processed to remove entrained ammonium nitrate and ammonia before it is
used to preheat the ammonia and nitric acid feed streams. Excess steam
will be condensed. Condensate will be recovered and used to feed the
Nitric Acid Plant Absorber. The AN solution will drain from the Vapour
Separator into the AN Solution Tank. The concentration of the AN solution
in the AN Solution Tank will be maintained at 76 to 92% w/w.
Evaporation
The AN solution will be pumped to a falling film evaporator which will use
steam to facilitate evaporation of water and concentrate the AN solution to
greater than 95% w/w. The Evaporator will operate under a vacuum to
assist with concentration and the temperature of the AN solution will be
maintained at about 140oC. The process steam resulting from the
concentrating of the solution will pass through a vapour separator where it
will then be scrubbed to remove volatile impurities before it is condensed
and recovered in the condensate tank. The concentrated AN solution will
flow from the Evaporator into the Prilling Feed Tank. It will then be pumped
to the Prill Tower Head Tank. An additive may be added to the process to
improve the quality of the prilled product.
Prilling
Prilling is the formation of a rounded, granular solid by allowing molten
droplets to fall through an air-cooling medium. Prilling of ammonium nitrate
involves spraying the concentrated solution into the top of a large tower.
The descending droplets are cooled by an upward flow of air, solidifying into
spherical prills that are collected at the bottom. The process yields particles
that vary in size depending on the residual moisture of solution, air
temperature, and flow rate. Low density 770 kg/m3 prills, favoured for use
in ammonium nitrate–fuel oil blasting agents, are produced by spraying
III - 25
ammonium nitrate solutions into towers 33 to 60 m high. The porous
product produced promotes propagation of detonation and allows for a
higher fuel oil loading. As the droplets fall through the tower an upward
stream of cooling air will cause the melt to solidify into spherical prills.
Cooling air will be recycled through the Prilling Air Scrubber where it is both
scrubbed and cooled before it is re-introduced into the Prill Tower. The
Prilling Air Scrubber will remove residual AN dust and ammonia.
Approximately 10% of the scrubbed air (which will contain <15 mg/Nm3 AN)
will be vented to the Final Scrubber to maintain the Prill Tower Air system
under a slight vacuum.
Drying and Recycle
The warm prilled product will be passed over a screen in the Prill Tower Exit
Conveyor before it enters a Pre Drier followed by a Drier. Lumps from the
screen will be dissolved and recycled either back to the process or sent to
the Fertiliser Plant. The AN Prills will be dried and cooled using
dehumidified air. The drying will consist of two stages; preliminary drying
using cool air flowing co current to the prills followed by final drying using
warm air flowing counter current to the prills. This arrangement will optimize
moisture removal and minimise product breakdown. Dust from the drying
process will be dissolved in a re-dissolving tank. The drying/cooling air will
be scrubbed in the Final Scrubber to remove AN particulates (to <15
mg/Nm3 AN) before passing to atmosphere. The prills will then be screened
by the Dried Product Screen where over and under-size material will be
removed. The over and under-size material will be re-dissolved in the AN
prilling feed tank. The correctly sized prills will be cooled using dehumidified
air in a Product Cooler. Air from the Product Cooler will be used to dry the
prills in the Drier, thereby providing dehumidified air for the drier and
minimising the amount of air to be scrubbed. The cooled prills will be coated
with coating agent in a Product Coating Drum to improve handling
characteristics. The prills will then be conveyed either to a 1000 tonne bulk
store (if such a store is required) or direct to bag or container filling. The
prills from the bulk store will be screened on Vibrating Screens to remove
fines and lumps before loading into 1.2 tonne bags or 20 tonne containers.
III - 26
The reject material will be bagged and dispatched as a lower grade product,
or dissolved for fertiliser.
Fertilizer Solutions
Wherever practicable Ammonium Nitrate plant effluent that is not
contaminated will be recovered rather than passing to effluent and will be
used to make either 60% AN solution or Urea Ammonium Nitrate (UAN)
both of which are excellent fertilisers. The various sources will be collected
in a Fertiliser Liquor Storage Tank, then pumped to a Fertiliser Concentrator
where the solution is concentrated to 60-65% w/w and held in a storage
tank. If UAN is made, urea will then be added to this solution and the
fertiliser despatched by road tanker or isotainer. Out of specification AN prill
either from production or returned from customers and which cannot be
blended back into the product stream, will be dissolved at the fertiliser plant
and used to make fertiliser.
3.3.3.9.3. AMMONIUM NITRATE STORAGE AND LOGISTICS
In principle it will be preferred if a prill bulk store and reclaim facility can be
avoided, and wet end designed to ensure minimum off spec product at
start-up and maximum turndown should assist this situation. If however a
bulk store is required, then it will be of minimum practical size for production
continuity, and equipped with air conditioning due to the high ambient
humidity. Product will initially be loaded into 1.2 tonne bags only, but it is
envisaged that in future AN may also be despatched as solution in
isotainers or as bulk or bags of prill in shipping containers. For bagged prill
it is envisaged that two 100% prill bagging lines will be provided, with
sufficient over capacity to enable smooth and reliable operation and some
catch up ability. The size of bagging machine feeding hoppers will be
minimised to reduce prill inventory but on a practical basis for reliability of
operation. It is also intended that the hoppers be installed below the roofline
so as not to be visible from above. If practical, filling and conveying lines will
handle bags without the use of pallets, to avoid having pallets in the bag
store. Conveying equipment for the full bags from either filling line will be
provided such that bags are transported via conveyors to designated
accumulation areas at several locations on the north side of the bag store.
III - 27
This is to minimise the travel distance for forklifts transferring two bags at a
time to storage piles. The accumulation location used each day will vary
based on the part of the store being filled. A total on site storage capacity of
up to 10,000 tonnes of bagged AN is envisaged with average operating
volume of about 5,000 tonnes. This will enable sufficient stock to be
compiled for ship loading, and provide a minimal buffer to allow for late
ships or loading delays on the shared wharf. Frequent shutdowns due to full
storage should thus be avoided. Conveying equipment to transfer full bags
from the store to trucks, for transport to the wharf, will be provided. The
concept envisaged is that two forklifts will transfer bags from the storage
piles to conveyors which will run from half way down each end of the
building on the south side of the bag store to accumulation areas either side
of a centrally located 10 bag pickup marshalling area. 10 bags at a time (5
by 2 grid) will then be loaded via overhead crane onto purpose built low
level trailers which will be towed by tractor or similar vehicle to the wharf.
Approximately six of these tractor/trailer units will circulate to keep the
ship’s crane fully occupied. The existing Tursina Wharf will be used to
dispatch AN. As this is a shared wharf and other activities such as urea
loading will be ongoing at the same time, AN loading will be physically
segregated by temporary barriers to ensure security is maintained.
Assuming approximately 3,000 to 5,000 tonne shiploads of prill there will be
a requirement for 2 -3 shipments per month. Means of transferring bulk
bags and containers of prill between the plant and the jetty is envisaged to
be by flat bed tractor/trailer units in 10 bag lots and it is expected that 200 300 trailer movements will be required for each shipment. It is expected that
the ship's crane or a mobile crane will be used to move AN bags or
isotainers and containers from the jetty into the ship's hull. It typically takes
several days to load a ship, and further investigation will be undertaken to
assess loading methods and loading rates consistent with existing jetty
utilisation and the available window for ship loading. Vehicle fuelling
facilities will be provided for the store to ship and other loading activities
require at the site. Bagged prill or isotainers may also be transferred via flat
bed truck to local mine sites if road condition permits. Heavy lift (container)
and general duty forklifts will be required at the factory and jetty and if a
III - 28
bulk system is required, front end loaders will also be necessary to load prill
into the reclaim system.
3.3.3.9.4. Liquid Effluent Treatment and Discharge
Process effluent
Where recovery and recycle of lost LDAN product is not possible, and it
cannot be sent for fertiliser manufacture, liquid effluent will pass to a
treatment plant. Effluent from all other contained plant areas is also
transferred to the same treatment plant. The plant is conceptually the same
as that successfully operated at Orica’s Yarwun plant in Australia, and
consists of two batch storage tanks, which receive effluent in turn from the
various plant areas. The effluent is collected in double contained pits in
each area and pumped via overhead pipe systems to a two tank batch
effluent pre-treatment system prior to transfer to KIE treatment and
discharge ponds. Effluent pits at oil contaminated locations are triple
separator type to allow oil capture. Above ground effluent tanks are
preferred to avoid issues due to long term site settlement and allow for
inspection for leakage. The effluent is monitored for TSS, pH, nitrate and
ammonia and is treated with caustic and/or hydrochloric acid on a batch
basis as required, before it is pumped to KIE. It is expected that the effluent
would also be monitored at KIE for the same analyses to ensure it is within
KIE licensed parameters before discharge to sea.
Seawater Cooler Discharge
Seawater discharge from the cooling tower basin will be discharged into the
sea through a new outfall pipe at the east side of the site with a salinity level
approximately 1.5 times that of inlet seawater, and containing residual
treatment chemicals. Due to the use of a cooling tower, the discharge flow is
very low compared to the flow of a once through system, and minor in
comparison to flows coming from the existing seawater races. The
discharged seawater is therefore expected to blend quickly and have little
effect on existing water quality in the area.
III - 29
Gas Emission
The main sources of gaseous emissions from the nitric acid plant are the
main plant stacks the ammonia vent stack and the ammonia scrubber stack.
The main nitric acid plant stack is essentially unreacted air (primarily
Nitrogen) from the nitric acid manufacture process, containing NOx and
other contaminants. This stack is elevated to aid dispersion and thereby
minimise ground level concentrations, and generally supported by the
structure for the absorber column. The actual height is to be confirmed by
dispersion calculations based on the actual wind data and layout of the site,
but will be above the height of the absorber. It is normal during start-up of
the NA plant that this stack emits a visible brown plume until the plant
reaches temperature, after which time the plume is invisible. During
shutdown it is also common for NOx readings to rise in the stack as the
absorber tray liquid inventory drops, and this may also cause a small visible
plume during the initial shutdown phase until air flow ceases entirely. The
number of shutdowns and start-ups will vary depending on such issues as
the supply reliability of utilities and frequency and severity of electrical
storms. Shutdowns due to these types of issues will be additive to the
approximately 10 shutdowns required per year for production and
maintenance purposes.
The ammonia vent stack is located alongside the main vent stack to give it
support and provide access, and is used to collect and vent ammonia from
large relief valves where scrubbing of the emissions would be impractical.
Normally there is no flow through this stack, and in the event of its use due
to process upset or malfunction the process would be shut down as soon as
practical. A separate ammonia scrubbing system is provided to handle
emissions from small hydrostatic relief valves and for controlled venting as
required to access equipment for maintenance.
Miscellaneous
Wastes that are not included in above categorization such as solid waste
(both toxic and hazardous as well as non toxic and non hazardous wastes)
will be managed suitable with Bontang City Regulations. Domestic solid
waste (garbage) will be managed by (1) Organic and inorganic waste
III - 30
separation; (2) inorganic waste such as plastic, wood, paper, glass, metal
etc will be sold to collector and recycled; (3) organic waste such as leafs,
fruit peel, food left over, etc are dumped to the land fill; While solid wastes
that categorized as toxic and hazardous waste are managed suitable with
the regulation. Waste managing is presented on Table 3.9.
III - 31
Table 3.9 Waste Management
Waste type
A. Solid/particle
1. Left over catalyst
2. Domestic and office
solid waste.
Characteristic
Hazardous
Non toxic
Source
• Ammonia
Converter
Domestic activity /
household and
office
Amount
120 kg/year
50 m3/year
• Paper and cartoon will be
recycled
10 m3/year
• Packed minimally
• Washing out with water to
vanish nitrate contaminant <
100 mg/L
• Dumped in landfill by waste
contractor
• Cleaned with water and
dumped in land fill
Non toxic
General
4. Part of Lilamine
Non toxic
Chemical
packaging
1800 bag/year
5. Empty Drum
Toxic
Chemical storage
2000
drums/year
100 units @ 20
L/year
6. Coating Agent
Non toxic
¾ Product layer
system
¾ Separator
¾ Aqua ammonia
filter
¾ Nitric acid
compressor
¾ Ammonia filter
20 ton/year
8. Part of ammonium
nitrate
Non toxic
¾
• Collected according to its
characteristic,
• Packed in drum and
labelled,
• Stored in suitable and safety
place,
• Managed suitable with the
existing procedure for toxic
and hazardous substances.
• Domestic waste is dumped
in landfill.
50 m3/year
3. Inert material
(plastic, etc)
consisting nitrate
7. Filter
Treatment Method
¾ 4 units/year
¾ 20 m3/year
¾ 100 units
/year
1000 bags/year
• Washed with water until
clean
place,
and hazardous substances
• Collected and dumped by
licensed contractor
• Washed and taken
contaminant
place,
• Managed by waste
contractor
• Washed and taken
contaminant
place,
• Managed by waste
contractor
III - 32
B. Liquid
1. Nitric acid waste
Corrosive
Nitric acid
production process
system
2. Hot wastewater
Non toxic
Cooling system
using seawater.
220 m3/hour
Decreased temperature with
cooling tower
3. Grease
Toxic
Triple Separator
100 L/year
• Collected and packaged in
drum and labelled,
place,
and hazardous substances
Can disturb
health
especially
respiration
tract.
Can disturb
health
especially
respiration
tract.
Ammonia vent
stack
300 m3/day
Neutralized pH and flowed into
chemical pond.
C. Gas
1. Nitric acid factory
stack
2. Ammonium Nitrate
Final Scrubber
Stack
D. Noise
Noise
Decreasing
convenience
Ammonium nitrate
absorbed by air
Machine sounds in
production process
680 mg/Nm3
NOx
200 mg/Nm3
Ammonia
-
Recondition /heating process
controlling.
Recondition /heating process
controlling.
Machine maintenance,
soundproof room, using ear
plug and earmuff
III - 33
CHAPTER IV
SCOPE OF STUDY
4.1. SIGNIFICANT IMPACT WILL BE ASSESSED
4.1.1. SHORT DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY PLAN CAUSING IMPACT
Activity plan that will be assessed in the study of environmental impact is
construction plan of Ammonium nitrate factory. The study includes the
assessment of land preparation, construction, and operation phases. Activities in
every phase will cause impact to geo-physic-chemistry, biology, socialeconomic-culture, and community health environmental components. Activities
type based on activity phase are as follows:
4.1.1.1. Land Preparation Phase
1. Survey and measuring
2. Land procurement
3. Labour recruitment
4. Equipment mobilization
5. Land clearing
6. Land preparation
4.1.1.2. Construction Phase
1.
Construction phase labour recruitment
2.
Equipment and construction material mobilization
3.
Factory construction activity
4.
Labour and equipment demobilisation
4.1.1.3. Operation Phase
1. Operation phase labour recruitment
2. Raw material and addition material procurement
3. Production process
4. Waste treatment
5. Product shipping
Chapter IV : Scope of Study
IV - 1
4.1.2. SCOPING PROCESS
4.1.2.1. Potential Impact Identification
Potential impact identification includes primary, secondary, and tertiary
impacts which potentially will emerge as results from Ammonium nitrate
factory construction activity. Potential impact identification is done through
potential impact inventory without viewing impact magnitude or significantinsignificant impact. The identification is using methods of consultation and
discussion with expert, initiator, and related institution. Besides consultation
and discussion, methods including test inventory, simple interaction matrix,
flow diagram, references study, field observation, content analyses, and group
interaction are also used. Impact flow diagram and impact identification matrix
are presented on Figure 4.1, Figure 4.2, Figure 4.3 and Table 4.1.
4.1.2.2. Potential Impact Evaluation
Results of potential impact identification then are evaluated to obtain
hypothetic significant impact. Potential impact evaluation is carried out to filter
irrelevant or insignificant potential impacts. Impacts then are listed based on
community, related institution, and expert considerations, but the list has not
been directed systematically. Method used in the impact evaluation is group
interaction involved initiator represented by consultant, related institution, and
the community. Impact evaluation matrix is presented on Table 4.2
4.1.2.3. Classification and Priority
Impact classification and priority is aimed to focus the classification and the
priority of hypothetic significant impact that will be assessed. The hypothetic
significant impact is resulted from potential impact evaluation. Hypothetic
significant impact classification and priority is performed through two stages.
Firstly, significant impacts are grouped according to impacts interrelation.
Secondly, the significant impacts that have been grouped then are listed
according to their importance, both economically, socially, or ecologically.
Classification and priority of significant impact matrix is presented on Table
4.3.
IV - 2
Kajian Dampak Lingkungan Hidup Pabrik Ammonium Nitrat PT. KNI
Table 4.1. Hypothetic Impact Identification Matrix
No
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5.
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.9
3.10
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Geo-Physic-Chemistry
Climate
Air quality
Noise
Water quality
Activity Component
Construction
Land Preparation Phase
Phase
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Operation Phase
1
1. Survey and Measurement
2. Land procurement
3. Labour Recruitment
5. Equipment Mobilization
6. Land clearing
7. Land preparation
3
4
5
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Waste and garbage generating
Hydro oceanography
Topography and morphology
Soil type
Spatial planning
Land use planning
Biology
Terrestrial Flora
Terrestrial Fauna
Plankton
Benthos
Nekton
Microbe
Social-economic-culture
Demography
Job opportunity
Effort opportunity
Earning
.Aesthetic and convenience
Costum/Social process
Community unrest
Community Health
Work accident
Disease pattern
Health disturbance
Environmental sanitation
2
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Construction Phase
1. Construction phase labour
recruitment
2. Equipment and construction
material mobilisation
3. Factory construction activity
4. Labour and equipment
demobilisation
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Operation Phase
1. Operation phase labour
recruitment
2. Raw material and addition
material procurement
4. Waste treatment
5. Product shipping
IV - 3
Table 4.2. Hypothetic Impact Evaluation
No
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5.
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Climate
Air quality
Noise
Water quality
Activity Component
Construction
Phase
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Operation Phase
1
Hydro oceanography
Soil type
Spatial planning
Land use planning
Biology
Terrestrial Flora
Terrestrial Fauna
Plankton
Benthos
Nekton
Microbe
Demography
Job opportunity
Effort opportunity
Earning
Community unrest
Community Health
Work accident
Disease pattern
Health disturbance
2. Land procurement
6. Land clearing
7. Land preparation
Ò
2
3
4
5
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Construction Phase
recruitment
demobilisation
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Operation Phase
recruitment
4. Waste treatment
5. Product shipping
IV - 4
Table 4.3. Hypothetic Impact Classification and Priority Matrix
No
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Climate
Air quality
Noise
Water quality
Activity Component
Construction
Phase
1
1.5.
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Hydro oceanography
Soil type
Spatial planning
Land use planning
Biology
Terrestrial Flora
Terrestrial Fauna
Plankton
Benthos
Nekton
Microbe
Demography
Job opportunity
Effort opportunity
Earning
Community unrest
Community Health
Work accident
Disease pattern
Health disturbance
2. Land procurement
6. Land clearing
7. Land preparation
2
3
4
5
6
1
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
2
3
4
Operation Phase
1
3
4
5
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
2
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Construction Phase
recruitment
demobilisation
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
Ò
Ò Ò
Ò Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Ò
Operation Phase
recruitment
4. Waste treatment
5. Product shipping
IV - 5
4.1.3. SCOPING PROCES RESULT
4.1.3.1. Hypothetic Significant Impact of Activity Component Causing Impact
4.1.3.1.1. Land Preparation Phase
In the land preparation phase, activity components causing hypothetic
impact to the environment are Survey and measurement, land procurement,
labour recruitment, equipment mobilization, land clearing and land
preparation.
4.1.3.1.2. Construction Phase
In the construction phase, activity components causing hypothetic impact to
the environment are construction phase labour recruitment, equipment and
construction material mobilization, factory construction activity, and labour
and equipment demobilization.
4.1.3.1.3. Operation Phase
In the operation phase, activity components causing hypothetic impact to the
environment are operation phase labour recruitment, raw material and
additive material procurement, production process, waste treatment and
product shipping.
4.1.3.2. Hypothetic Significant Impact of Impacted Environmental Component
4.1.3.2.1. Land Preparation Phase
In the land preparation phase, environmental components impacted are geophysic-chemistry, biology, social-economic-culture, and community health
aspects.
a. Geo-physic-chemistry Aspect
Geo-physic-chemistry environmental components impacted by significant
impact are climate, air quality, noise, water quality, hydro oceanography,
topography and morphology, soil type, spatial planning and Land use
planning
b. Biology Aspect
Biology environmental components predicted that will be impacted by
significant impact are terrestrial fauna and microbe.
c. Social-economic-culture Aspect
environmental
components
impacted
by
IV - 6
significant impact are demography, job opportunity, aAesthetic and
convenience, community unrest, and community perception.
d. Community Health Aspect
Community health environmental components impacted by significant
impact are disease pattern and health disturbance.
4.1.3.2.2. Construction Phase
In the construction phase environmental components impacted are geophysic-chemistry, biology, social-economic-culture, and community health
aspects.
Geo-physic-chemistry environmental components impacted by significant
impact are air quality, noise, water quality, hydro oceanography, spatial
planning, land use planning.
b. Biology Aspect
significant impact are microbe.
environmental
components
impacted
by
significant impact are demography, job opportunity, effort opportunity,
earning, aesthetic and convenience, costum/Social process, community
unrest and community perception.
Community health environmental components impacted by significant
impact are work accident, disease pattern and health disturbance.
4.1.3.2.3. Operation Phase
In the operation phase environmental components impacted are geo-physicchemistry, biology, social-economic-culture, and community health aspects.
Geo-physic-chemistry environmental components impacted by magnitude
and significant impact are climate, air quality, noise, water quality, waste
and garbage generating, and ydro oceanography.
IV - 7
b. Biology Aspect
magnitude and significant impact are plankton, benthos and nekton.
environmental
components
impacted
by
magnitude and significant impact are demography, job opportunity, effort
opportunity, earning, aesthetic and convenience, costum/Social process,
community unrest, and community perception.
Community health environmental components impacted by magnitude
and significant impact are work accident, disease pattern, health
disturbance, and environmental sanitation.
Activity component hypothetic impacts and environmental components in
summary and clear are presented on Table 4.4.
Table 4.4. Hypothetic Impact
Activity
Phase
Activity Causing Impact
Significant Hypothetic Impact
2. Land procurement
3. Labour recruitment
4. Equipment mobilisation
Land
preparation
5. Land clearing
6. Land preparation
1. Construction phase labour recruitment
Construction
2. Equipment and construction material
mobilisation
Microbe, Job opportunity, Community
unrest, and Community perception
Air quality, Noise, Hydro oceanography,
Topography and morphology, Terrestrial
Fauna,.Aesthetic and convenience,
Community unrest, Community perception
Disease pattern, and Health disturbance.
Air quality, Noise, Water quality, Terrestrial
Fauna, Community unrest, and Community
perception.
Air quality, Noise, Water quality, Hydro
oceanography,
Topography
and
morphology, Soil type, Spatial planning,
Land use planning, Terrestrial Fauna, and
Job opportunity
Microbe, Demography, Job opportunity,
Effort opportunity, Earning, Costum/Social
process, Community unrest, and
Air quality, Noise, Water quality.Aesthetic
and convenience, Community unrest,
Community perception, Disease pattern,
and Health disturbance.
IV - 8
3. Factory construction
4. Labour and equipment demobilisation
1. Operation phase labour recruitment
Air quality, Noise, Water quality, Hydro
oceanography, Spatial planning, Land use
planning, Demography, Job opportunity,
Effort opportunity, Costum/Social process,
Community unrest, Community perception
Work accident, Disease pattern, and Health
disturbance.
Air quality, Noise,.Aesthetic and
convenience, and Community perception
Demography, Job opportunity, Effort
opportunity, Earning, . Costum/Social
process, Community unrest, and
Air quality, and Waste and garbage
2. Raw material and additive material
generating
procurement
Climate, Air quality, Noise, Water quality,
Operation
4. Waste treatment
5. Product shipping
4.2.
Waste and garbage generating, Job
opportunity, Earning, .Aesthetic and
convenience, Community unrest,
Community perception, Work accident,
Disease pattern, Health disturbance, and
Air quality, Water quality, Waste and
garbage generating, Hydro oceanography,
Plankton, Benthos, Nekton, Microbe
Noise, Hydro oceanography, Plankton,
Benthos, Nekton, Microbe, Job opportunity,
Earning, Community unrest, and
SCOPE OF STUDY AREA
Study area is landscape border or the area for conducting study. Environmental
study determination of Ammonium Nitrate Factory Construction Plan is based
on impact criteria (both direct and indirectly), impact distribution, as well as
direct and indirectly impacted community distribution. Based on the criteria, the
study area includes Ammonium Nitrate Factory Activity Plan site and extended
area in the surrounding activity site. Border study area includes project,
administrative, ecology, and social borders.
Study area scoping is aimed to boundary the width of study area based on
scoping results of significant impact, and by considering resources, time, and
budget limitation. Study area border is the resultant from the four borders
mentioned above, i.e. takenly similar to social border. Study area border can be
seen on Figure 4.4.
IV - 9
4.2.1. PROJECT SITE BORDER
Project border determination is based on project site technical condition. In this
case, the project border is the space of Ammonium Nitrate Factory construction
project planning located in industrial estate of PT Kawasan Industri Estate
(KIE), Lhok Tuan Village North Bontang District, in the area of Bontang City
East Kalimantan Province.
4.2.2. ADMINISTRATIVE BORDER
Administratively, the activity is located in two villages: Guntung Village and Lhok
Tuan Village North Bontang District, in the area of Bontang City East
Kalimantan Province.
4.2.3. ECOLOGY BORDER
Ecology border determination is based on natural process maintaining scale
related to impact distribution of Ammonium Nitrate Factory. Ecology area border
that needs priority in this environmental study, includes natural and built
ecosystems located in Ammonium Nitrate Factory project site area and in
community settlement as well as their surroundings that possible affected by the
construction activity impact distribution. Based on directly impact predicted that
will be occurred, ecology area in the surrounding Ammonium Nitrate Factory
includes terrestrial ecosystem i.e. forest plant and marine ecology.
4.2.4. SOCIAL BORDER
Social area border in this study is the area that the community’s socialeconomic-culture and health will be basically affected by Ammonium nitrate
factory construction activity. Scoping research is resulted that social area border
includes community in Guntung and Lok Tuan villages North Bontang District,
East Kalimantan Province.
IV - 10
Figure 4.5.
Study Area Border
IV - 11
CHAPTER V
ENVIRONMENT INITIAL CONDITION
5.1. GEO-PHYSIC-CHEMISTRY INITIAL CONDITION
5.1.1. CLIMATE
Based on the climate data of Bontang City, rainy season is occurred almost in a
whole year. Monthly rainfall distribution pattern in this area is complying with the
equatorial pattern with the first rainfall peak in February and the second peak in
December, along with relative humidity in the range of 60-98%.
Bontang City is located in the north of equator line, and tropical climate. Mean of
daily temperature is 31°C (maximum 34°C and minimum 27°C). Mean of relative
humidity in approximately of 72%, and sun lighting duration in approximately of
50%. Wind blow is included in West and East Monsoon Wind, the lowest wind
velocity is 2 knots, occurred in December, while the highest is 8 knots occurred
in April and October. Rate of evaporation is 79 mm/month.
Mean of yearly rainfall is 1900 mm/year (the highest is 2400 mm/year). Dry
month occurs in July with rainfall rates 27 mm/month, while wet month in
December with rainfall rates 298 mm/month. Based on Schmidt and Ferguson,
the climate is classified as B class, while according to Koppen the climate is AF
type.
Based on the wind rose, in the period of January-April the wind is dominated by
the wind coming from North, North East, and East direction; in the month of May
the wind direction is fluctuating (no dominant direction); while in June-October it
is dominated by the wind coming from South West, South, and South East; in the
month of November the wind direction is fluctuating (no dominant direction); and
in December, the wind coming from West, South West, North and North East.
Wind pattern (2003) is shown in figure 5.1.
Chapter V: Environment Initial Condition
V-1
4-6 knot
1-3 knot
≥ 7 knot
30%
10%
20%
30%
10%
20%
Night, January 2003
Day, January 2003
30%
10%
20%
10%
30%
20%
Night, February 2003
10%
Day, February 2003
20%
10%
30%
Night, March 2003
30%
20%
Day, March 2003
V-2
4-6 knot
30%
1-3 knot
10%
≥ 7 knot
20%
10%
20%
33030%
Night, April 2003
Day, April 2003
30%
20%
10%
30%
20%
10%
Night, May 2003
Day, May 2003
30%
20%
10%
30%
10%
20%
Night, June 2003
Day, June 2003
V-3
4-6 knot
30%
1-3 knot
30%
20%
10%
≥ 7 knot
20%
10%
Night, July 2003
Day, July 2003
30%
20%
10%
30%
20%
Night, August 2003
10%
Day, August 2003
30%
20%
10%
30%
20%
10%
Night, September 2003
Day, September 2003
V-4
4-6 knot
1-3 knot
≥ 7 knot
30%
20%
10%
30%
20%
Night, October 2003
10%
Day, October 2003
30%
20%
30%
10%
Night, November 2003
20%
10%
Day, November 2003
30%
10%
20%
10%
20%
33030%
Night, December 2003
Day, December 2003
Figure 5.1. Wind Pattern
V-5
5.1.2. AIR QUALITY
The initial environment condition measurement is aimed to know the condition
before affected by certain project activity that will emerge impacts to the
environment.
Air samples in this study are taken from 4 sites by considering: (1) Located in the
street area. From this area, in the location of Post 7, one sample is taken (U-1);
(2) Located in industry area which is presented by Tursina warehouse. From this
area, one sample is taken (U-2); Located in settlement area which is presented
by Tursina Camp. From this area, one sample is taken (U-3); and (4) Located in
the project site. From this area, one sample is taken (U-4).
Laboratory samples analyses results are presented on Table 5.2.
Table 5.1. Ambient Air Quality
Parameter
SO2
NO2
CO
Dust
Unit
µg/Nm3
µg/Nm3
µg/Nm3
mg/m3
U-1
Ttd
0,64
27,46
0,037
U-2
Ttd
3,79
Ttd
0,045
U-3
Ttd
25,10
Ttd
0,087
U-4
0,34
6,03
Ttd
0,035
BM
262
94
2290
0,26
Source: Primary data, Baristan Indag Laboratory, Samarinda, 2007
Clarification: U-1 : Post 7
U-2 : Tursina warehouse
U-3 : Settlement in Camp Tursina
U-4 : Project site
BM : Ambient air quality standard according to Decree of East Kalimantan Governor No.
339 Year1988
*) : Odour Standard Level of Kep.50/MENLH/11/1996
Laboratory results of sample analyses indicate that ambient air quality
parameters in the study area are still in the range of air quality standard
recommended by East Kalimantan Governor in its Decree number 339 year
1998. Ambient air odour quality parameter is also in the range of odour standard
according
to
Decree
of
State
Minister
of
the
Environment
Number
50/MENLH/11/1996. (Scale 5)
Air quality parameters measured in the study area are resulted from
anthropogenic activities, while the contribution of natural pollutant can be said as
insignificant. The anthropogenic activities include industrial, transportation, and
domestic settlement activities.
V-6
Environment air quality represented by points U-1 and U-3 is still in the range of
air quality standard. CO parameter in point U-1 and NO2 parameter in point U-3
are higher than those of in the other sampling points. The higher concentrations
in these points are possibly resulted from gas distribution coming from industrial
estate of PT KIE and PT Pupuk Kaltim, as well as from high transportation
activities occurred in the areas. However, the main possibility source of CO and
NO2 pollutions is transportation activities because these parameters are usually
resulted from burning fossil fuels.
5.1.3. NOISE
Noise level can be affected by mobile and immobile sources. Activities that can
be noise sources and have operated in industrial estate of PT KIE include
factories, offices, warehouses, wharf, and transportation. Settlement noise
standard according to Kep/48/MenLH/1996 is 55 dBA with the tolerancy of ± 3
dBA, while the standard in industrial estate is 70 dBA. Noise easement sampled
in 5 locations in the study area resulted that noise levels are still in the range of
recommended standard.
Table 5.2. Noise Level in the Surrounding Ammonium Nitrate Factory
No
1
2
3
4
5
Locatio
Land Usage
n Code
B-1
Settlement of
Camp Tursina
B-2
Settlement of
Post Seven
B-3
Project site
B-4
Industrial Estate
B-5
Quarry
North
Latitude
0o 10’ 31,8”
East Longitude
117o 28’ 42,4”
Noise Level
(dBA)
53,0
BT Noise (dBA)
Kep/48/MenLH/1996
55
0o 10’ 26,7”
117o 28’ 45,5”
47,9
55
0o 10’ 33,8”
0o 10’ 32,2”
0o 10’ 35,2”
117o 29’ 05,7”
117o 29’ 01,1”
117o 28’ 28,0”
40,7
56,9
55,8
70
70
70
5.1.4. Water Quality
Initial environmental condition measurement has to be done. Measuring results
are used as baseline data before activities operate. Water quality in initial
condition of the study area is sampled in 6 point sampling sites. Sampling site is
determined based on: waters condition in the locations i.e. Seawaters in the
surrounding Tursina Pier/Warf that functions as receiver water include seawaters
in the south side of Tursina Warf (point A-1), seawaters in Tursina Warf (point A3), and seawaters in the surrounding project site (point A-4). Groundwater and
well water samples are represented by PT PKT treated waters that originally are
V-7
from PT. Petrosea (point A-2) groundwater; domestic drainage in the north side
of project site (point A-5); and water from project site (point A-6).
Seawaters analyses resulted that physical-chemical seawaters quality is
still in the range of standard according to Decree of State Minister of the
Environmnet Number 51 year 2004 on Seawaters standard for Harbour
seawaters.
Table 5.3. Seawater Quality in the Surrounding Ammonium Nitrate Factory
Parameter
Physic
Temperature
pH
Salinity
DO
BOD
Sulphide
Free chlorine
Chloride
Free Ammoniac
Phenol
Oil and grease
Mercury
Cadmium
Chrome
hexavalent
Lead
Zinc
Unit
AL-1
AL-3
AL-4
A-5
A-6
BM
0C
o/oo
mg/L
oC
mg/L l
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
34,5
8,55
31,6
6,36
1,37
0,0011
0,003
18.946
0,41
0,016
0,082
0,0012
0,0359
Ttd
35,6
8,80
29,1
6,31
1,59
0,0011
0,02
19070
0,18
0,015
0,063
< 0,0001
0,0379
Ttd
34,8
8,92
19,2
6,36
2,06
0,0011
0,03
18996
0,30
0,014
0,046
< 0,0001
0,0320
Ttd
30,1
7,57
5,46
2,46
0,0170
0,44
0,016
0,069
0,0004
Ttd
30,1
8,08
5,36
3,08
0,0046
0,18
0,015
0,103
0,0007
Ttd
Natural
7 – 8,5
Natural
0,3
mg/L
mg/L
< 0,002
0,0611
< 0,002
0,1805
< 0,002
0,0311
< 0,002
< 0,0005
0,05
0,1
Copper
mg/L
0,0141
0,0132
0,0198
0,0009
Nickel
Arsenic
Detergent
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
< 0,005
< 0,001
0,02
< 0,005
< 0,001
0,07
< 0,005
< 0,001
0,01
< 0,003
< 0,001
-
< 0,002
<
0,0005
<
0,0001
< 0,003
< 0,001
-
Nil
-
0,05
-
Source: Primary data, Baristan Indag Laboratory, 2007
Clarification : A-1 : seawater in south side of Pier Tursina, PT. PKT
A-3 : seawater in the surrounding of Pier Tursina
A-4 : seawater in the front of project site
A-5 : domestic drainage in the north side of project side
A-6 : project site location
BM : seawater standard, Decree of State Minister of Environment No 51 Year
2004 for Harbour
V-8
Several parameters that have elevated the standard are pH, free
ammoniac, and zinc. These can be explained that the seawaters in the
surrounding industrial estate of PT KIE function as receiver runoff from
water used for water cooler and chemical pond’s effluent, while PT Pupuk
Kaltim and other factories located in PT KIE industrial estate are basically
ammoniac industries. Ammoniac is a weak base, and will release hydroxyl
ion in the water causing water pH slightly increasing. Similar to that
explained above, occurring ammoniac runoff in the seawater from
chemical
pond
will
increase
seawater
pH
and
free
ammoniac
concentration.
The occurring sulphide, oil and grease, as well as ammoniac in points A-5
and A-6 is possibly formed due to disintegration process of organic
compound consisted in plants, woods, and other organic compounds.
These materials are moving with water runoff to the sea, degraded an
aerobically in the seawaters, and forming sulphide. While ammoniac is
possibly coming from industrial activities that ammoniac base. Whereas
oil and grease are probably coming from domestic activities which
discharge oil into drainage.
V-9
Table 5.4. Drinking Water Quality in the Surrounding Ammonium Nitrate
Parameter
PHYSIC
Colour
Odour
Turbidity
Suspended solid
Temperature
pH
DO
BOD
COD
Free Ammoniac
Nitrite (NO2-)
Cyanide (CN-)
Sulphide
Mercury
Chrome hexavalent
Arsenic
Copper
Nickel
Lead
Zinc
Nitrate (NO3-)
Oil and grease
Phenol
Unit
AL-2
BM
PtCo
NTU
mg/L
o
C
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L l
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
0,14
No odour
21,9
44
30,6
6,65
6,17
1,09
19,42
0,09
0,002
Ttd
Ttd
0,0005
Ttd
< 0,001
< 0,0001
< 0,003
< 0,002
0,0008
0,106
0,004
0,017
15
No odour
25
1000
Deviation 30C
6,5 – 8,5
3
0,07
0,05
0,01
2
3
50
-
Source : Primary data, Baristan Indag Laboratory, 2007
Clarification :
A-2 : shallow well water PT. Petrosea
BM : Drinking Water Standard, Decree of Minister of Health Number 907/Menkes/
SK/VII/2002
Generally, well water quality in the study area is still in a good condition.
This indicates by sample laboratory analyses results which are still in the
range of recommended standard.
5.1.5. HYDROOCEANOGRAPHY
In general, river stream pattern in Bontang City is directing from west to the east,
and empties in Bontang Bay. Several rivers in Bontang City are Bontang,
Santan, Sekambing, Nyerakat, Guntung, Palakan, and Busuk Rivers. These
rivers are dendritic and trellis stream patterns, and crossing rocky layers in
Kampung Baru Formation.
V - 10
Therefore, these rivers have important roles as water supplier of ground water
aquifer layers in Kampung Baru Formation. Groundwater is usually experienced
self balancing, even though the water is taken through deep well, however until
now the groundwater is still in stable condition. On the other hands, by the time
groundwater surface is lower than river, water from aquifer will enter the river,
but it is rarely occurred considering the over flow existence and the river is not
waterless during dry season.
Trelis stream pattern in the west side occurs in Palakan River as main river
running from north to the south, and its short river branches running from east to
the west.
Palakan River stream direction is parallel with the direction of rocky layers
causing river subsequent type, while river branches are consequent types and
laid in west wing and east anticline.
River sub-parallel type occurs in south east side and generally running from
north west to south east and empties in the main river that runs from south west
to north east.
In general, river consequent type is laid on anticline api-api east wing. This river
with sub-parallel pattern is laid on morphology unit with slope slightly, wide
valley, and classified as mature staid. Downstreams of Santan and Bontang
Rivers have been meandered with side erosion direction, and forming valley
reflected mature stadia.
From all rivers, only Santan, Bontang, Nyerakat, and Guntung Rivers have
consequent type, run across Kampung Baru Formation, and role as supplier for
Bontang suppressed groundwater.
Hydro-oceanography condition related to reclamation activity in the project site
are bathymetry, bottom sediment, stream, rise and fall, tide and seawater quality
both physically such as temperature, salinity, clearness, and suspended solid
(MPT) as well as chemically and biologically.
Physical oceanography parameter data resulted from measurement are
presented on Table 5.6. While measurement location map is shown in Figure
5.2.
V - 11
Table 5.5. Result of Hydrooceanography Parameter
Coordinate
Temperatur
e (°C)
Clearness
(cm)
Point
Number
East (BT)
North (LS)
Measureme
nt Time
O-01
117º 29’ 09,4”
0º 10’ 24,5”
11.15
12.5
34.5
8.95
240
O-02
117º 29’ 24,5”
0º 10’29,1”
11.20
4,0
34.5
8.89
242
O-03
117º 29’ 10,3”
0º 10’ 29,2”
11.35
17,0
35.6
8.80
132
O-04
117º 29’ 8,8”
0º 10’ 35,7”
11.44
5,0
33,0
8.92
130
O-05
117º 29’ 21,4”
0º 10’ 28,3”
13.28
9.5
35.7
8.75
160
O-06
117º 29’ 27,9”
0º 10’ 28,0”
13.35
6.5
33.5
8.95
190
O-07
117º 29’ 20,7”
0º 10’ 21,4”
13.40
9.7
35,0
8.98
223
O-08
117º 29’ 16,4”
0º 10’ 20,9”
13.50
10,0
34.6
8.98
210
O-09
117º 29’ 36,0”
0º 10’ 16,5”
14.00
12,0
33,6
8,34
180
O-10
117º 29’ 24,3”
0º 10’ 24,6”
14.14
12,5
34,7
8,33
190
O-11
117º 29’ 13,9”
0º 10’ 26,7”
15.21
12,5
33,3
8,33
210
O-12
117º 29’ 11,8”
0º 10’ 36,2”
14.26
2,4
37,9
8,28
150
O-13
117º 29’ 10,3”
0º 10’ 34,1”
14.35
4,0
34,5
8,18
150
O-14
117º 29’ 17,9”
0º 10’ 32,8”
14.42
5,0
36,0
8,31
125
Depth(m)
pH
5.1.5.1. Bathymetry
Based on deep water measurement, the seawater project site has depth
between 2.4 – 12.5 m. The deepest is in Tursina Warf, i.e. 12.5 m and the
shallowest is in the surrounding settlement drainage mouth. The sea bordered
with project site is forming a small bay which sticks out to the land and roles as
settlement and PT PKT water cooler drainages receiver.
5.1.5.2. Sediment bottom
Sediment in the bottom of seawater in the surrounding PT KNI Ammonium
Nitrate Factory is clay silt. In the part side of the sediment contains organic
residue causing dark colour clay consisted of crumble terrestrial flora. A
sediment granulometry analysis indicates clay concentration of 30 – 40 %, silt
56 - 64 %,
and sand 3 – 6 %. Results show the sediment melting limit is 60,
and plasticity index 28-31. Based on AASHTO classification litho logically is
grouped as class of A-7, while according to USCS classification is grouped as
CH class. This indicates that the sediment consists of clay and silt and plastic
characteristics. Resulting laboratory analyses are presented on Table 5.6.
V - 12
Figure 5.2.
Measurement Location Map of Hydro-oceanography Parameter
V - 13
Table. 5.6. Analyses Result of Seawater Sediment Physical Characteristics
% Granule gradation
Sample
No.
Unit weight
(γ =
gr/cm3)
Dry Unit Weight
(γd = gr/cm3)
Porosity
(%)
Atterberg Limit
% mesh
escape
200
Sand
Silt
Clay
LL
PL
PI
95,50
4,50
60,0
35,50
60,70
29,23
31,47
PLS. S-2
1,327
0,705
72,27
95,50
55,50
40,00
2,50
62,80
33,08
29,72
PLS. S-3
1,389
0,774
69,83
94,00
6,00
64,50
29,50
61,80
33,06
28,74
Clarification:
LL = Liquid Limit
PL = Plastic Limit
PI = Plasticity Index
- on Atterberg limit means sample cannot be tested
5.1.5.3. Wave
Wave is sea surface up and down moving due to wind blow in the sea surface.
Directly wind blow that will cause sea wave in the surrounding project site is
insignificant due to the site is a bay that leads the seawaters concealed from
wind blow. Karang Segajah and several small islands located in bay mouth
have also concealed the bay from wind blow. Based on Dishidros (2002)
measurement, wave height in this area is in the range of 30 – 50 cm with the
period of 2 – 5 seconds, and wave length of 40 – 120 cm.
5.1.5.4. Stream
Seawaters stream in the project site is dominated by tidal rise and fall and
stream caused by discharging water from cooling water system of PT PKT
fertilizer factory. In the condition lowest tidal fall, the stream will be away to the
open sea.
Based on a model resulted from data verification measured in the field, during
tidal rise directs to fall the stream dominantly directs to the south east up to
south
(N120°E - N180°E) with the velocity of 0.03 up to 0.09 m/sec. By the
time fall directs to rise, the stream will be back to the land and dominated by
west – north west direction (N280°E – N300°E) with the velocity of 0.03 up to
0.11 m/sec (Figure 5.3 and Figure 5.4)
.
V - 14
Figure 5.3.
Stream Pattern by the Time of Fall Directing to Rise
V - 15
Figure 5.4.
Stream Pattern by the Time of Rise directing to Fall
V - 16
Stream direction during west monsoon and east monsoon is not different,
dominantly by north west – south east direction depended on rise and fall.
However in west monsoon stream is slightly higher compared to that of in east
monsoon as it is shown in stream rose (Figure 5.5).
(a)
(b)
Figure 5.5.
Seawater stream rose in the surrounding project site (a) west monsoon; (b)
east monsoon
5.1.5.5. Tidal Rise and Fall
Tidal rise and fall is a natural process that forms sea surface rising and falling
occurs consistently as a result from outer space material gravitation especially
moon and sun. Due to the earth simultaneously rotates and moves around the
sun, and also moon moves around the earth in a coordination process, thus
the outer space material position will change consistently causing changes in
gravitation and as a consequence to follow the process above consistent
changing in tidal rise and fall will also occurs.
Daily sea surface rise and fall frequency is different from one site to another
site determining rise and fall type of particular site. If the seawaters experience
one time rise and one time fall in a day, the area is called as daily single risefall type. If the seawaters experience two times rises and two times falls, the
area is called as daily dual rise-fall type. Other type is the shifting from single
type to dual type known as mixed tidal rise and fall.
Rise and fall measurement results from 29 observation points are analyzed
using admiralty method, and resulting harmony constante of rise tidal
behaviour as follows:
V - 17
A (cm)
So
M2
S2
N2
K1
O1
M4
MS4
K2
P1
198
56
41
7
19
14
1
1
11
6
152
205
134
271
250
315
91
205
271
G(° )
Source: Dishidros, 2002.
Based on the calculation, tidal rise and fall type can be determined by
comparing main single rise-fall component amplitude to main dual rise-fall
component amplitude known as Formzahl numeral, using the following
equation:
F=
F
O1 + K 1
M 2 + S2
: Formzahl numeral
O1 : main single rise-fall component amplitude cause by moon gravity
K1
: main single rise-fall component amplitude cause by sun gravity
M2 : main dual rise-fall component amplitude cause by moon gravity
S2
: main dual rise-fall component amplitude cause by sun gravity
Rise-fall type determination based on F value category, if F:
< 0,25
: dual type rise-fall
0,26 – 1,50 : mixed type rise-fall with dual type distinction
1,51 – 3,00 : mixed type rise-fall with single type distinction
> 3,01
: single type rise-fall
Due to the value of F = (19 + 14) / (56 + 41) = 0.34, thus tidal rise and fall type
in the study area is mixed with tends to mixed semi diurnal indicating in the
survey area there are two times rises and two times falls in each day (Fig 5.6.).
Grafik Pasut Perairan PKT Bulan Juli 2007
400
350
Elevasi Muka Air (c
300
250
200
Series1
150
100
50
0
1
28
55 82 109 136 163 190 217 244 271 298 325 352 379 406 433 460 487 514 541 568 595 622 649 676
Jam
Figure 5.6. PKT Seawater rise-fall graphic
V - 18
5.1.5.6. Temperature
Seawater temperature in the study area is in between 33° to 37.9°C with
higher temperature distribution in the shore and gradually lesser to the sea.
This occurs due to discharging water from cooling system to the sea causes
the sea temperature in outfall site higher than that of in other parts. Even
though along with the stream the hot water is moved to the sea, however due
to the seawater volume is huge causing rapid heat dispersion process until 300
m distance in the sea, thus the temperature decreases to 33°C.
5.1.5.7. Clearness
Clearness indicates the ability of sunshine to penetrate water body. The bigger
the clearness value, the clearer the seawaters and the suspended sediment is
much lesser. Clearness value is in between 1.25 to 2.42 m. Clearness value ≥
2.24 m are found in the seawaters surrounding Tursina Warf with the depth of
- 10 to -12,5 m LWS, and in shipping path directing to the open sea. In the
shallower seawater i.e. in the shore and mangrove area, the clearness value is
1.25-1.60 m due to the bottom material is dominated by clay, while the sea
depth < 3m results the bottom material easy to suspend in the water body.
5.1.6. TOPOGRAPHY AND MORPHOLOGY
PT KNI Ammonium nitrate factory location is included in coastal plain
morphology, in the part that borders with the sea is coastal marsh, and in other
parts borders with PT PKT warehouse and green belt. Coastal marsh is filled by
brackish water with depth < 1.5 m. Elevation difference between coastal marsh
basin and plain area in the north side is in the range of 1.5-3 m (Figure 5.8).
Based on this condition, volume of filling materials needed for land reclamation
up to the elevation of 3.7 from sea surface is 86.500 m3.
While quarry area located in the back side of PKT Mess, is included in hill slope
slightly morphology. However, part of the site has been dredged and flatted.
Morphologically, Bontang City forms steeply hill, hill with slope slightly and
coastal plain. Topographically, Bontang City has height of 0-300 m from sea
surface, with the various slopes from east and south coastal to the west. Area
with slopes 0-2% is in south side of coastal area with the height of 0-15 m from
sea surface. In the west side directing to East Kutai Regency the slope is 2540%, with the height 25-105 m fro sea surface.
V - 19
More direction to the west, the land slope is much steeper until > 40%. Based on
morphology condition, Bontang City can be grouped in three main units, hill
steeply slope morphology, hill slope slightly morphology, and coastal plain
morphology.
5.1.6.1. Hill Steeply slope morphology
This morphology unit places the biggest part, forms anticlinorium’s hill with the
spine hills as the axis, and lays from north to the south. The topography is hilly
and valley, with the top height is in the range of 50-300 m from sea surface,
and slope is 26o and even in several parts the slope reaches 85o. The steeply
hill is formed by sediment rock included in Panaluan, Pulaubalang, and
Balikpapan Formations. Rock physical characteristics are similar, i.e. rocks of
silt, clay, and massive and stiff fragment however loosely in open slope
causing easy to erode.
5.1.6.2. Hill slightly slope morphology
The morphology is laid from north to the south. The morphology unit forms hills
with slope slightly, and valleys are located between wide hills, and inside there
are small rivers and swamp. The morphology unit heights between 25-80 m
from the sea surface, and gradually down from the west to the east. Slopes are
in the range of 5-15% and relatively steep in narrow area. Hills morphology is
formed by rocks from Kampung Baru Formation and as the wing of east side
anticline api-api that axis north-south. The morphology is structured by
alternation layer of fragment, clay, silt sand, and several coal insertions. The
fragment is hard, however in open air the fragment is easy to break and fragile.
Clay is stiff to soft, sand granule is fine to gravel, especially quartz sand with
loosely and permeable characteristics. In open slope due to digging activity or
naturally exist, in the part of steeply valley, erosion path and ditch are found as
a result from rain erosion, and this site indicates sliding sign.
V - 20
Figure 5.7.
PT KNI Location Topography Map
V - 21
5.1.6.3. Coastal plain morphology
This morphology unit places in east side and parallel with coastal line. The
area is mostly mangrove with height between 0-10 m from sea surface. Slope
in this area is not more than 2%, and gradually lower directing to the east.
Coastal morphology is formed by alluvial sediment with usually consisted by
clay inserted by sand and gravel contained plant residue/humus. Clay is soft,
while sand and gravel is loosely.
5.1.7. SOIL TYPE
Regionally, Bontang City geology is included in Kutai sub-basin, in east side is
physically bordered with Makasar Straits, south side with Santan River, west
side with Lobang Batik Mountains, and north side with Tempuruk River.
Lithologically, Bontang rock formation contains alluvial sediment, Kampung Baru,
Balikpapan, Pulaubalang, Bebulu, and Panaluan Formations (Figure 5.8). The
lithology of each formation are explained as follows.
1. Alluvial sediment
The sediment consists of gravels, clay and silt resulted from river, swamp,
coastal, and delta sedimentations. The sediment has significant layer border
with its down formation. The layer distributes in around river stream area,
swamp, and near coastal areas. The layer has high porosity, and therefore
can function as a filter in recharge area.
2. Kampung Baru Formation
Formation is structured by quartz sand rock with clay, silt, and soft fragment
insertion. The formation has potential aquifer in Bontang City. Rock types in
the aquifer include gravel, loosely fine sand quartz, sand rock and clay.
3. Balikpapan Formation
The rock formation is structured by alternated quartz sand rock, clay, clay-silt,
and fragment inserted by napalm, calcite, and coal. Rock physical
characteristic is usually slightly massive to can be squeezed. Fossils as
indicators in this formation indicate Upper-Middle Miosen Age.
4. Pulaubalang Formation
The formation is structured by sand rock alternating with clay and silt rocks
with inserted by lignite, calcite, clay rocks. Sand rock contains of quartz sand,
white-grey to yellowish, well separated, slightly cornered to slightly round.
V - 22
5. Bebulu Formation
This formation is structured by calcite rock inserted with clay rock, silt rock,
sand rock, and a small amount of napalm. Calcite rock contains coral and big
foraminifera benthos. Calcite rock from this formation is characterized by coral
reef and patch reef.
6. Panaluan Formation
This formation is structured by calcite rock inserted with clay rock, silt rock,
sand rock, and coal. In the bottom side consists of disintegrated clay rock and
clay-silt rock. Upper side consists of sandy clay rock that contains of plant
parts and thin layer coal. Generally, compared to the upper side, in the bottom
side is more calcite and contains more foraminifera plankton. Clay rock in this
formation is grey to dark grey colour, lamination to thick layered, alternated
with silt rock, and sporadically with sand rock.
Based on regional geology and field survey, environmental geology condition in
factory site of Ammonium Nitrate and quarry area of PT KNI can be explained as
follows:
1. Terrain Form
PT KNI Ammonium Nitrate Factory site is located in coastal plain morphology
that some of its part is coastal marsh. Land elevation in the range of –1,5 until
–3,5 m from sea surface. General slope in the area is in the range of 2-3%
thus classified as slope slightly, however in the parts bordered with land filled
and dike the slope is up to 80%. This location is wedged by location road
directing from inside PT PKT Factory to Tursina Pier, and drainage directing to
the sea.
Quarry area is weak wavy hill with the elevation of 5 – 20 m from sea surface
and slope in the range of 3-8%, only in the digging border the slope is up to
60%. Due to litho logically easy to disintegrate, there are many small lines in
the land as erosion results during rainfall.
V - 23
2. Soil and Rock
Technically, geological location of PT KNI Ammonium Nitrate Factory is laying
on sandy silt soil and clay. Sandy silt soil is located in the bottom resulted from
decayed sand rock and clay rock of Pulaubarang formation. The analyses of
sandy silt soil undisturbed sample taken from the project site location resulted
gravel in the concentration of 16.5 %, sand 63.9 %, and silt19.6 % (sample
number UDS Tb.3). Analyses results from soil mechanic laboratory are
presented on Table 5.9. The table shows that according to the classification of
AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials), the soil is grouped as SM. The classification indicates that the soil is
structured by sand material mixed with gravel and silt thus has disintegrated
characteristic and a plastic.
The analyses of undisturbed soil sample taken from the quarry area resulted
gravel in the concentration of 0 – 2 %, sand 49,5 – 75 %, silt 24 – 47 %, and
clay 2,5 – 3,5 %. According to the classification of AASHTO (American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials), the soil is
classified as A-2 to A-7 class, while according to USCS (Unfired Soil
Classification System), the soil is classified as SM. The classification indicates
that the soil is structured by sand material mixed with gravel and silt thus has
characteristic as lower plasticity.
3. Geology Structure
Based on regional geology data, there is no complex geology structure in the
area, unless there is sloppy rocky layer which indicates folding structure in the
area. Joint is found in exposed sand-gravel which has been filled by calcite,
and forming veil.
V - 24
Figure 5.8.
Bontang Region Geology Map
V - 25
Table. 5.7.
Soil Sample Physical and Technical Characteristic Analyses Result
No.
Sample
No
Dry Unit
Unit weight
weight
(γ =gr/cm3)
(γd =gr/cm3)
% Granule gradation
Porosity
(%)
Atterberg Limit
%
unfiltered
mesh 200
Sand
Silt
Clay
LL
PL
PI
1
UDS T.1
1,719
1,340
49,42
50,50
49,50
47,0
3,50
-
-
-
2
UDS T.2
1,729
1,256
52,74
27,50
71,50
24,00
2,50
60,65
31,25
29,40
3
UDS T.3
1,684
1,425
47,24
19,60
63,90
19,60
0,00
-
-
-
Clarification:
LL = Liquid Limit
PL = Plastic Limit
PI = Plasticity Index
- on Atterberg limit means sample cannot be tested
V - 26
4. Earthquake and Tsunami
Project site located in East Kalimantan, the area is relatively safe from
earthquake due to lays far from sub-duction lane or joint lane as tectonic
earthquake centrum or far from active volcano as volcanic earthquake
centrum. Because there is no subduction lane that will lead rising joint in east
side Bontang seawaters, the occurring tsunami in this area is relatively
insignificant. The closest central earthquake is in Sulawesi Island and
emerging earthquake can also sense in Bontang however not significant.
5. Terrain stability
The plain location of PT. KNI Ammonium nitrate Factory site has led this area
safely from possible land sliding. Also its litho logy in the form of massive
sand-gravel and clay gravel has made the area safely from land subsidence.
Possible land subsidence will only occur in land filled area that is not well
compacted. Land sliding will possibly occur in soil dike and drainage
structures due to likely seawater wave abrasion. In lower wavy hill quarry
location is also safe and classified as stable considering different elevation is
only in the range of 2 – 10 m with the slope of 3 – 8 %. However, land sliding
will occur in steeply sloping digging site if it is not done in maximum 1:2 (slope
slightly).
V - 27
5.2. BIOLOGY
Space available for the construction of the ammonium nitrate plant of PT KNI in
Bontang is 17 ha. During the course of the study, ca. 2/3 of the site plant covered
by a brackish water swamp (Fig. 5.9.A) which is about 1 m deep (Fig. 5.9.B) with
un-paved access road of ca. 8m width (Fig. 5.9.C) ready to be filled with selected
fill-material shown in the background - which is stored up at the West side of the
project location (Fig. 5.9.D).
A
B
C
D
Figure 5.9: A) Notification plank of the Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing Facility by PT
KNI, Bontang, B) Local people fishing with a casting net in the brackish
swamp within the plant site, C) Un-paved access road into the plant side,
D) Brackish water swamp with the ready-for-use selected filled-material in
the background
At the East side, a large sewer collecting domestic wastes swift out to the sea in
the North; whereas in the South, plant site bordering a rigid pavement road
belong to PT PKT.
V - 28
5.2.1. Plankton
Among others, supporting environmental factors for the development of
planktonic communities as a primary producer is silicate, phosphate, nitrate, and
ample light penetration. Results showed that there was only 5 genera of
phytoplankton which are belong to the classes Chrysophyceae (1 genus) and
Cyanophyceae (4 genera), whereas zooplankton be a member of class
Mastigophora (1 genus) and phylum Arthropoda (3 genera).
Table 5.8:
Community Structure of Plankton in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate
Manufacturing Facility of PT KNI, Bontang
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Community Structure
Abundance, individual/Litre/station
Species richness (S)
Index of Maximum Diversity (H)
Shannon Index of Diversity (H’)
Evenness Index (e)
Index of Concentration Dominance (d)
P-1
256
3
1.09
1.04
0.95
0.38
P-2
378
4
1.38
1.33
0.96
0.28
P-3
441
5
1.61
1.55
0.96
0.22
P-4
441
4
1.38
1.35
0.98
0.27
P-5
504
6
1.79
1.73
0.97
0.19
Source: Primary Data, August 2007
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
:
:
:
:
:
Water inlet
Jetty
Water outlet
Sewer of domestic wastes
Brackish water swamp in the plant site of PT KNI
Legend:
Species richness
Evenness Index (e)
:
:
:
:
:
:
Total number of individual. Litre-1.station-1
S (Number of Species)
Hmax = ln S
H’ = Σ(ni/N) ln (ni/N)
e = H’/Hmax
d = Σ(ni / N)2
V - 29
Table 5.9:
Distribution of microalgae indicator in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate
Abundance, individual/Litre/station % Frequency
Microalgae Indicator
No
P-01
Clean Water
Surirella sp
2. Polluted Freshwater
Euglena sp
Nitzschia sp
3. May cause clogging
Oscillatoria sp
4. Polluted Estuarine/Brackish Water
Nitzschia sp
5. Strengthen taste and odour in water
Synedra sp
Number of Species of Microalgae
Indicator, station-1
P-02
P-03 P-04 P-05
1.
x
x
x
x
x
40
x
40
40
x
x
x
x
x
3
x
3
1
20
X
x
4
80
60
3
Some genera characteristics for polluted water were found among these
phytoplankton taxa. According to the analysis of the distribution and diversity of
microalgae indicator shown in Table 5.9, station P-4 (sewer) is the worst with 4
genera, followed by water in the inlet, jetty and the swamp - each with 3 genera;
whilst water in the outlet is the best with only one genus of indicator. The most
frequent indicator is a diatom, Nitzchia sp; distributed in 80% or 4 out of 5
sampling
stations,
a genus
commonly
found
in
polluted
fresh-
and
estuarine/brackish waters.
Table 5.10.
Environmental Quality (EQ) for Plankton
Community Structure
2
Range of Scale
3
4
5
Abundance,
N<10
N ≥ 104
10≤N≤102 102≤N≤103 103≤N≤104
individual/Litre/station
S<5
6≤S ≤20
21≤S≤55
56≤S≤99
S≥100
H’ <1,5
H’>4,6
1,5≤ H’ ≤3,0 3,0≤H’≤4,0 4,0≤H’≤4,6
0,01 ≤e≤0,2 0,21≤e≤0,4 0,41≤e≤0,6 0,61≤e≤0,8 0,81≤e≤1,0
Evenness Index (e)
Index of Concentration
0,81≤d≤1,0 0,61≤d≤0,8 0,41≤d≤0,6 0,21≤d≤0,4 0,01≤d≤0,2
Dominance (d)
%-Distribution of Plankton
PI≥ 81
76≤PI ≤80 51≤PI ≤75 26 ≤PI ≤50 10≤PI≤ 25
Indicator Species (PI/station)
Reference: European Environment Agency (2002) with modification; Afiati (2002; 2005); PPLH LEMLIT
UNDIP- PT IPU Semarang (2005); PT PLN (Persero) Jasa Enjiniring – PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT.
BORAL Indonesia - PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT. PKT- PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2007)
Legend of Scale: 1 = very poor; 2 = poor; 3 = moderate; 4 = good; 5 = very good/normal
1
V - 30
Table 5.11:
Plankton Community in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing Facility of
PT KNI, Bontang, accessed by means of Environmental Quality for Plankton
No.
Community Structure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Evenness Index (e)
%-Distribution of Plankton Indicator Species
(PI/station)
Scale of Environmental Quality in
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
3
1
1
1
4
3
1
1
5
4
3
1
1
5
4
3
1
1
5
4
3
2
2
5
5
3
3
5
2
3
Table 5.10 showed that the best EQ for plankton was in station P-5, i.e.
brackish water swamp within the plant site of PT KNI. In viewed of its highest
species richness (6 species) and evenness index (0.97) combined with lowest
index of concentration dominance (0.19), then environmental quality in the
swamp (station P-5) considered to be moderate (EQ 3) for planktonic life.
5.2.2. Macrobenthos
This group of life style was only represented by two classes of phylum Mollusca,
i.e. Gastropoda and Bivalvia (Table 5.12). Both classes were found in small
number of abundances, with no endangered, endemic, nor those with positive or
negative economical important species.
Throughout the analysis, only
individuals with intact shells were counted and analysed to ensure they were
died recently, which perhaps due to some turbidity or other environmental
factors during sampling.
Size frequency distribution upon the collected shell revealed that no adult
specimen either in gastropod or bivalves. This may be due to the fact that
distributions of both groups were naturally clumped; they tend to live in groups
in the shellfish beds. Even, gastropods move around to seek food, so they may
escape or not caught by the grab sampler. As an omnivore, Gastropods may be
herbivore, carnivore, or a scavenger. Whereas bivalves were mostly filter feeder
or detritus feeder; it ranks lower than gastropods in the pyramid of trophic level.
V - 31
Table 5.12:
Structure of macrobenthic community in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate
No.
Community Structure
P-1
1.
0
2.
0
3.
0
4.
0
5.
Evenness Index (e)
0
6.
0
Source: Primary Data, August 2007; see Table 3.1 for legends.
P-2
0
0
0
0
0
0
P-3
39
2
0.69
0.64
0.92
0.56
P-4
234
2
0.69
0.21
0.31
0.90
P-5
260
7
1.95
1.90
0.98
0.16
Table 5.13: Environmental Quality (EQ) for Macrobenthos
Range of Scale
1
2
3
4
5
10<N<20
20<N<30
30<N<40
N<10
N≥40
S<5
5 <S <10
10<S <20
20<S <40
S≥40
H’<1,5
1,5≤ H’ ≤2,3 2,31≤ H’ ≤3,0 3,1≤ H’ ≤3,6
H’≥3.7
0,01 ≤e≤0,2 0,21≤e≤0,4 0,41≤e≤0,6 0,61≤e≤0,8 0,81≤e≤1,0
Evenness Index (e)
Index of Concentration Dominance (d) 0,81≤d≤1,0 0,61≤d≤0,8 0,41≤d≤0,6 0,21≤d≤0,4 0,01≤d≤0,2
% - Economically Important
ME≥ 10
11≤ME ≤30 31≤ME ≤50 51 ≤ME ≤70
ME≥ 71
Macrobenthic Species (ME, station)
References: European Environment Agency (2002) with modification; Afiati (2002; 2005); PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP- PT
IPU Semarang (2005); PT PLN (Persero) Jasa Enjiniring – PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT. BORAL
Indonesia - PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT. PKT- PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2007)
Community Structure
Table 5.14:
Macrobenthic community in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing
Facility of PT KNI, Bontang, assessed by means of Environmental Quality for
Macrobenthos
No.
Community Structure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Evenness Index (e)
% - Economically Important Macrobenthic Species
(ME/station)
Source: Analysis of Primary Data, August 2007
Scale of Environmental Quality
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
1
1
5
3
5
1
1
2
1
5
1
2
5
4
0
0
1
1
1
Table 5.14 depicted that environmental quality in the swamp was the most
supportive for macrobenthic community in the project site’s surrounding. Since it
showed the highest species richness (7), with highest evenness index (0.98)
and lowest index of dominance (0.16), the brackish water swamp was therefore
categorised as performing a moderate quality (EC 3) for macrobenthos.
V - 32
5.2.3. Nekton
Observed area in this study is part of a restricted region, therefore no
commercial or semi-commercial fisheries are allowed. However, during the visit
to the area and interview with the site officer, some local people visiting the
swamp to fish using a cage net as a hobby (Fig. 5.9.B). Previous studies
reported no commercial, threatened, or endangered species; hence the
condition is assumed to be as before, i.e. good (EC 4)
As predicted by means of Visual Encounter Survey methods (VES), the fact that
nektonic abundance was 30-40 individuals/station (EC 4) with 21 – 23 species
per station (SEC 4), in which all were wild species (24) with economic
importance value (EC 5) leading the study area to good (EC 4) environmental
condition for nektonic animals.
Table 5.15.
Composition of Aquatic Fauna in Surroundings PT KNI Project Site in Bontang,
No
Latin Name
1. Siganus spinus
2. Gerres abbreviatus
3. Apogon poecilopterus
4. Parastromateus niger
5. Arius caelatus
6. Megalops cyprinoides
7. Trichiurus savala
8. Priacanthus sagitarius
9. Scomberomorus commersonii
10. Sphyraena barracuda
11. Pseudosciaena aneus
12. Parachaetodon ocellatus
13. Ctenops vittatus
14. Ephinephelus sp
15. Lates calcarifer
16. Mugil sp
17. Penaeus spp
18. Caesio erythrogaster
19. Upeneus sulphureus
20. Scylla sp
21. Tilapia mossambica
22. Uca spp
23. Ophiocephalus sp
24. Oxyurichthyes sp
Source: Primary Data, August 2007.
Local Name
Beronang
Kapasan
Sredeng
Bawal hitam
Kating
Bandeng laut
Layur
Bulan-bulan
Tengiri
Barakuda
Tiga waja
Kiper
Pethek
Kerapu
Kakap
Belanak
Udang
Ekor Kuning
Kuniran
Kepiting bakau
Mujair
Kepiting hantu
Kutuk
Beloso
Swamp/
Project Site
+
+
+
+
+
+
Sewer
Harbour
Jetty
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
++
++
++
+
+
++
++
+
++
+
++
++
++
++
++
+
++
++
++
+
++
V - 33
5.2.4. Bacteria
Microbiology analyses for total bacteria applying Governmental Law PP no.
82/2001 as the standard showed that bacteriological quality of a deep well
closest to the project site was the best among others, while the worst was the
water body next to the project site, i.e. jetty area in Thursina Harbour (Table
5.15). Nevertheless, from the point of view of bacteriological surveillance in
general, surface water quality covering deep-well, brackish water in the sewer,
and salt water in the harbour considered of being in a good condition pursuant
to both PP 82/2001 as well as EQ for Bacteriological Surveillance shown in
Table 5.16 (EQ 4).
Table 5.16.
Total bacteria in the surface water of Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing Facility of
PT KNI, Bontang
No
Location
Code
Location
Most Probable Number (MPN)
per 100 ml
E. coli
1.
B-01
Jetty
200
2.
B-02
Deep well
<2
3.
B-03
Sewer
9
Source: Primary Data, August 2007.
Coliform Bacteria
900
2
33
Classification
Std: PP no.
82/2001
I
I
I
Environmental
Quality for
Microbes
4
5
5
Notes:
Bacteriological Parameter
Unit
I
Water Body Classification
II
III
IV
Faecal Coliform
Cfu/100 ml
100
1000
2000
2000
Total Coliform
Cfu/100 ml
1000
5000
10000
10000
For conventional drinking water quality: faecal coliform ≤2000cfu/100ml and total coliform
≤10000cfu/100ml
Government Law No. 82/2001 regarding Water Quality Management and Control of Water Pollution
V - 34
Table 5.17:
Environmental Quality (EQ) for Bacteriological Surveillance
Community Structure
Total Bacteria, cfu/100/ml
Total coliform, cfu/100ml
≥ 10.000
5.000 - ≤ 9.999
1.000 - ≤ 4.999
100 - ≤ 999
<10 - ≤ 99
Faecal-coli, cfu/100ml
≥ 1.000
100 - ≤1.000
10 - ≤100
3 - ≤10
≥2
% distribution of Escherichia
coli in the stations
100-76
75-51
50-26
25-6
0-5
++++
+++
++
+
- / tc
Pathogenic
Bacteria,
qualitative
2
Range of Scale
3
1
> 108
106
–
≤107
104
–≤
105
4
102 –
≤103
5
≤102
Reference: Baku Mutu Kualitas Air Golongan B (PP no. 20/1990); Peraturan Pemerintah RI No. 82/2001 tentang
Pengelolaan Kualitas Air dan Pengendalian Pencemaran Air; PPLH UNDIP-Pertamina UP IV Cilacap,
2002; PPLH UNDIP – Pemda Kabupaten Pati, 2003
MPN: Most Probable Number; t.c: not mentioned in PP 82/2001; cfu: colony forming unit; (+): detected; (-): not
detected.
5.2.5. Land Vegetation
Available land for physical construction of Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing
Facility of PT KNI in Bontang is 17 ha; it slopes slightly toward the sea. Seaward
natural vegetation are mangroves, whereas landward are bushes. During the
course of the study, ca. ¼ of the middle areas have been filled with rubbles,
where, 33 species of grasses and herbs, 27 species of coverage bushes, and
13 tree species thrive (see: Appendix for Flora).
Floral diversity is relatively less varied, mostly are cosmopolite wild species with
no positive economic importance, not threatened, endangered, nor endemic at
all (Table 5.19). Four mangrove species grow up within the areas of PT. KIE-PT.
PKT, 3 genera belong to the family Rhizoporaceae and 1 species of family
Avicenniaceae, yet none within the plant site of PT. KNI. Seed and seedlings of
those genera, in particular Avicennia sp, thrive in a healthy condition with
density 20 – 50 seedling.m-1. Seedlings form a visible zoning and natural selfthinning as a sign of competitiveness to produce mature healthy stand
afterwards.
V - 35
Table 5.18:
Environmental Quality for Land Vegetation
1
2
Range of Scale
3
4
5
Density of Coverage/Grass
(indiv/m2/station)
< 20
21-50
51-100
101-200
> 200
Density of Tree
(indiv/100m2/station)
<5
5-10
11-15
16-20
> 20
Community Structure
Species Richness of Coverage
(S/station)
S<5
6≤S ≤20
21≤S≤55
56≤S≤99
S≥100
Index of Importance Value
150
200
250
300
≤100
(NP/station)
Presence of Economically
Important Species
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
>15
(species/station)
Reference: Various sources with modification (Afiati, 2005); PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP- PT IPU Semarang (2005);
PT PLN (Persero) Jasa Enjiniring – PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT. BORAL Indonesia - PPLH
LEMLIT UNDIP (2006); PT. KNI- PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP (2007); PT. PKT- PPLH LEMLIT UNDIP
(2007).
General assessment of major floral communities within the project site depicted
that environmental quality to sustain flora development is considered moderate
(EQ 3).
Table 5.19:
Floral community in the vicinity of Ammonia Nitrate Manufacturing Facility of PT
KNI, Bontang, assessed by means of Environmental Quality for Land Vegetation
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Parameter
Density of Coverage/Grass (indiv/m2/station)
Density of Tree (indiv/100m2/station)
Species Richness of Coverage (S/station)
Index of Importance Value (NP/station)
Presence of Economically Important Species (species/station)
EQ
2
2
3
3
4
5.2.6. Terrestrial Fauna
Wild mammals mostly observed in the project site and the surroundings were
semi-wild cat, dog and wild monkey especially in the bushes in border fence.
Civet and mongoose were recorded from interviewed with the locals. Referring
to the recent secondary data of Biro K3LH PT PKT (August 2007), some 55
species avifauna, 7 species reptiles, 2 species amphibians and some insects
were noted (Table 5.20).
V - 36
Table 5.20:
Fauna and avifauna in the wilderness of PT PKT and the Ammonia Nitrate
No
Local Name
Latin Name
No
Mammalia
Felis felis domesticus
41.
Canis canis domesticus
42.
Maccaca sp
43.
Capra sp
44.
Paradoxurus sp
45.
Herpestes sp
46.
Aves
47.
7.
Perkutut
Streptopelia sp
48.
8.
Kutilang
Pycnonotus aurigaster
49.
9.
Acridotheres cristatellus
50.
10.
Acridotheres javanicus
51.
11.
Aegithina tiphia
52.
12.
Aethopyga siparaja
53.
13.
Anhinga melanogaster
54.
14.
Anthreptes malacensis
55.
15.
Anthreptes singalensis
56.
16.
Anthus novaeseelandiae
57.
17.
Aplonis panayensis
58.
18.
Apus affinis
59.
19.
Ardea purpurea
60.
20.
Artamus leucorhyncus
61.
21.
Butorides striatus
62.
22.
Cacomantis merulis
63.
23.
Caprimulgus affinis
64.
24.
Centropus bengalensis
25.
Collocalia esculenta
65.
26.
Collocalia fuciphaga
66.
27.
Copsychus saularis
67.
28.
Kaca mata
Dalichon dasypus
68.
29.
Dicaeum sp.
69.
30.
Dryocopus javensis
70.
31.
Kuntul
Eggreta alba
71.
32.
Kuntul
Egretta garzetta
33.
Elang
Falco sp.
72.
34.
Perkutut
Geopelia striata
73.
35.
Lanius schach
36.
Sparrow
Lonchura fuscans
74.
37.
Sparrow
Lonchura malacca
75.
38.
Sparrow
Lonchura punctulata
76.
39.
Loriculus galgulus
77.
40.
Lanius schach
78.
Source: Secondary Data (Biro K3LH PT PKT, August 2007)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Cat
Dog
Monkey
Goat
Civet
Mongoose
Local Name
Elang
Elang
Kutilang
Trocokan
Sikatan
Tekukur
Ular Gadung
Crocodile
Kadal
Ular Kobra
Ular Sawa
Ular Koros
Biawak
Frog
Bullfrog
Mosquito, flies
Tawon,ant
Butterfly
Dragonfly
Grasshopper
Latin Name
Gerygone sulphurea
Haliaeetus leucogaster
Haliastur indus
Hemiprocne longipennis
Hemipus sp.
Hirundo tahitica
Merops viridis
Muscicapa sp.
Nectarinia jugularis
Numenius madagascariensis
Orthotomus atrogularis
Orthotomus ruficeps
Passer montanus
Pericrocotus solaris
Phalacrocorax sp.
Picoides moluccensis
Prinia flaviventris
Prionochilus thoracicus
Pycnonotus aurigaster
Pycnonotus goiavier
Rhipidura javanica
Streptopelia chinensis
Todirhamphus chloris
Tringa hypoleucos
Reptilia
Colubridae
Crocodillus sp
Mabouya multifasciata
Naja naja
Python sp
Ptyas corros
Varanus sp
Amphibia
Rana spp
Bufo sp
Insecta
Diptera
Hymnoptera
Lepidoptera
Odonata
Orthoptera
V - 37
Community
structure
of
wild
animals
in
Table
5.21
reflecting
the
representativeness of omnivore (monkey Maccaca sp), medium-sized terrestrial
carnivore (civet, mongoose, cat and dog), carnivorous avifauna (Falco sp,
Haliastur indus, Haliaeetus leucogaster, Hirundo tahitica), piscivorous avifauna
(Ardea purpurea, Eggreta alba, Egretta garzetta, Tringa hypoleucos), numerous
species of herbivorous avifauna (Lonchura fuscans, Passer montanus,
Streptopelia chinensis), as well as reptiles (salt-water crocodile) and amphibians
which are naturally carnivorous. Thus, it brings about the conclusion that trophic
chain in the project site remained fine/good (EQ 4).
V - 38
5.3. SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND SOCIO-CULTURE
Bontang City area includes three districts, i.e. North Bontang, South Bontang, and
West Bontang Districts. The study area is located in North Bontang District. North
Bontang District consists of 6 villages: Bontang Kuala, Bontang Baru, Api-api,
Gunung Elai, Loktuan and Guntung.
Assessment of environmental initial condition of economic, social and culture
components is carried out in the community area related to various PT KIE
industrial estate activities, whereas Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI will be
constructed. Thus the assessment area includes Guntung and Loktuan Villages,
North Bontang District, Bontang City, East Kalimantan Province.
Environmental Initial condition description that focuses on economic, social, and
culture components, is figuring out the community’s economic, demography,
livelihood, social-culture, and perception predicted that will be impacted by factory
activities.
5.3.1. ECONOMICAL CONDITION
Community’s economic level of Bontang City according to PDRB data is in a
good condition. This is not surprisingly since the area possesses considerable
potential economic, i.e. natural resources in the form of liquid natural gas that
plays as the main role in gaining government revenue to fulfil various state
development activities. This condition reflects a good economic growth level,
and much determines general condition of community’s welfare level.
Table 5.21. Bontang City Regional Gross Income
No
Explanation
2003
2004
2005
1
PDRB (million Rp)
3,350,590
3,417,403
4,529,058
2
PDR Net based on market price (million Rp)
3,198,134
3,262,380
4,370,934
3
PDR Net Production factor price (million Rp)
2,717,507
2,775,674
3,855,,026
4
PDRB per capita (000 Rp)
27,3155,159
27,809,298
36,399,579
5
PDR Net Per capita (000 Rp)
23,201,290
23,658,
32,103,278
Source: Secondary data analyses, August 2007
V - 39
5.3.1.1. Livelihood and Job Opportunity
Compared to other districts in Bontang City, South Bontang District has the
largest population (33,243 persons) with age of > 15 years. However,
employed population (18,552 persons) in North Bontang is much larger than
that of in South Bontang (16,113 persons).
From 40,830 persons categorized as “employed” in Bontang City, most of
them work in commercial sector both large commerce as well as retail seller
i.e. 7,787 unit efforts (19,07%). The numbers is increasing compared to that
of in 2003 (only 7,514 unit efforts). Included in unit efforts are 33 small scale
industries, and 91 home industries. Included in small scale industries are food
industries. Handicraft industry in Bontang City has not developed yet even
though part of the population is Java origin known with well handicraft ability.
Community working in industrial sector is come from various ethnic, besides
Java ethnic; other ethnics are Sulawesi, Sumatera, and Timor.
The second effort is manufacture industry (17.12%), and followed by
construction (12.62%). The condition is opposite with 2003 condition, in 2003
the second was construction, and followed by manufacture.
Similar condition is reflected in North Bontang District area. The District
community livelihood is mostly commerce and retail sectors (20.60%),
followed by manufacture (14.28%) and construction (9.97%).
North Bontang District community’s livelihood data are presented on the
following table.
V - 40
Table 5.22.
North Bontang Community Livelihood
No
Main Effort Field
North Bontang
Amount
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Farming, Hunting, and Silviculture
Fishery
Mining and Digging
Manufacture Industry
Electric, Gas and Water
Construction
Large Commerce and Retail Seller
Services (accommodation and
food/beverages)
9
Transportation, warehouse, and
communication
10
Finance Agent
11
Real Estate, Business Service Lease
12
Government administration, Defence,
and Obligatory Assurance
13
Education service
14
Health service and social activities
15
Community service, social, Culture
16
Private service for household care
17
Other activities
TOTAL
Source: Secondary data analyses, August 2007
%
736
307
981
2637
61
1840
3803
3,99
1,66
5,31
14,28
0,33
9,97
20,60
736
3,99
1349
552
1595
7,31
2,99
8,64
797
920
184
1288
675
0
18,461
4,32
4,98
1,00
6,98
3,66
0,00
100,00
V - 41
Demography data on community livelihood in two village study areas, i.e.
Guntung and Loktuan Villages are presented on the following tables:
Table 5.23.
Numbers of Guntung Village Community Based on Livelihood
No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
Livelihood
Employment
a. Private
b. BUMN
Entrepreneur/Vendor
Farmer
Breeder
Trade
Farming labour
Fisherman
Service
Student
Housewife
Unemployed
TOTAL
Source: Guntung Village Monographic Data, 2006
Amount
Percentage (%)
791
76
306
12
58
922
1,142
1,808
15.46
1,48
5.34
0.02
1.14
18.26
22.33
35.34
5,115
100.00
Livelihood of Guntung community is mostly employment, both works in private
company as well as BUMN. Since Guntung is the place of PT Pupuk Kaltim,
employments working in private company are 791 (15.46%). Farmer is 5.3%.
Others include farming labour, trade, and service (for example ojek); scrappers
are not found in Guntung. Generally, the job opportunity in Guntung is quite
high, since the industrial estate can absorb more unskilled labours both local as
well as outside (usually from East Java and Sulawesi). Besides formal sector,
job opportunity in informal sector also grows rapidly indicated by increasing
trading in Berbas market, Loktuan and restaurant in Bontang Kuala.
V - 42
Table 5.24.
Numbers of Loktuan Village Community Based on Livelihood
No
1.
Type of Livelihood
Employment
a. Private
b. BUMN
c. ABRI
Entrepreneur/Vendor
2.
Farmer
3.
Breeder
4.
Trade
5.
6.
Labour
7.
Fisherman
8.
Service
9.
Retirement
10.
Unemployed
JUMLAH
Amount
134
1,498
72
1,230
315
20
3,700
894
10
10
Percentage
(%)
1.70
19.00
0.91
15.60
4.00
0.00
0.25
46.94
11.34
0.13
0.13
100,00
Source: Loktuan Village Monographic Data, 2006
5.3.2. DEMOGRAPHY
5.3.2.1. Bontang City Community Distribution
Based on 2006 Bontang City demography, amount of the population was
125,187 persons, meant 8,105 persons (6.92%) increasing compared to that
of in 2003. In the year 2003 Bontang population was 117,082 persons, while
in 2000 the population was 99,617 persons. Hence, in the period of three
years population growth was 5.53%. Population distribution in 2006 based on
gender included 63,942 males, while in 2003 male population was 60,987
persons indicating that male population was increasing. Female population in
2006 was 61,245 persons, this also experienced increasing compared to
56,095 persons in 2003. Therefore, the ratio of males to females according to
data 2006 was 104.40%, meant that between 100 females in Bontang City
there were 104 males. The characteristic of Bontang area that is closing to
industrial estate seems to give an influence on dominantly amount of male
population in the area.
V - 43
Table 5.25.
Bontang City Community Numbers Based on Gender
District
South Bontang
North Bontang
West Bontang
Total
Source: BPS Kota Bontang, 2006
Male
27,878
26,128
9,936
63,942
Community Numbers
%
Female
%
43.60
25,734
42.02
40.86
25,146
41.06
15.54
10,365
16.92
100
61,245
100
Total
53,612
51,274
20,301
125,187
%
42,83
40,96
16,22
100
Population number in Bontang City is still relatively small; in 2006 were
125,187 with the composition 63,942 males and 61,245 females.
Considering the width of Bontang City (487.57 km2), the population gross
density is 397.46 persons/km2, even though the population density can be
said as low, however the condition indicates increasing population compared
to the condition in 2003, i.e. 235.3076 persons /km2.
According to distribution, the largest population is in South Bontang District,
i.e. 52,383 persons (41.84%), the second is North Bontang District population
i.e. 54,015 (43.15%), and the smallest is in West Bontang District i.e. 24,773
persons (19.79%)
Family head in Bontang City in 2006 was 36,727, the number increased by
6,705 family heads compared to 30,022 families in 2003. Thus, the number
increased about 2,235 families/year or 186.25 families/month. The increasing
number is quite a lot for the small city like Bontang, therefore the government
should take into account to this fact.
5.3.2.2. Population Distribution in North Bontang
Some villages with high density population in South Bontang District (Middle
Berbas and Coastal Berbas) border with North Bontang District the highest
density population. This condition indicates population is more concentrated
in north side as it is a centre of economic activities and urban characteristic.
Unevenly population distribution has caused higher population density in
several villages. Such condition is usual since the community will concentrate
in the areas that provide more work opportunities and more chance to have a
good life.
V - 44
Population number in North Bontang District in 2006 was 51,274 persons,
with the composition of 26,128 males and 25,146 females.
Population distribution per dusun (cluster of village) in Loktuan (populated
16,116 persons), is almost even. From 9 dusun, only 3 dusuns have
population between 5%-9% of Loktuan Village. The dusuns are Selambai (the
least population), Selona and Agungraya, while the largest population is
Abadi Dusun.
Guntung Village consists of Guntung area and Sidrap area, geographically,
Guntung area is located in the west side of PT Pupuk Kaltim, Guntung area is
also the closest area to PT Pupuk Kaltim, and passed by Guntung River,
hence many houses are erected in along Guntung riverbank.
5,3,3, SOCIAL - CULTURE
Community characteristic can be known from its social-culture system
conducted in the community. Due to the values develop among them in their
daily lives, and their activities to fulfil their living needs both material and
spiritual, from the values then emerge interaction process. The process is going
continuously, therefore in parallel with this interaction; their social condition also
develops.
The social condition, due to humans’ interaction as social creatures, will
determine their culture development level. Culture is the whole idea system,
action and human creativity result in community life that becomes its own
through learning process. Koentjaraningrat (1997), said that human and culture
is like two sides of a coin, both cannot be separated. As far as community
exists, culture will develop continuously because human is a culture supporter.
According to Poerwanto (2000), culture is a result from creature, feeling and
will. From this, it can be concluded that culture is naturally a result from human
activity going on a particular community group. Culture is a result from learning,
therefore culture is a conducting manner that is studied, and is not depended on
parent genetic heredity. Koentjaraningrat (1997) also said that there were 7
culture components, include believing system, livelihood system, relative
system, social organization, language, art, and technology. Following is
presented value and culture norm that build social interaction and behaviour
characteristic pattern.
V - 45
Behaviour is a manner believed and usual conducted from earliest as a part of
tradition. Social interaction is based on various habits forming culture ideas that
include culture value, norm, law, and regulation which interact and form a
system.
Community interaction in the surrounding PT KIE is melting. Community culture
is coming from various ethnics in Indonesia, and dominated by Java, Kutai and
Bugis. Each ethnic is still conducting their behaviour in their new settlement, i.e.
Bontang, however its intensity is not the same anymore with their origin places.
Indepth interview and field observation activity indicate that social interaction
pattern among the ethnics is still characterized by mutual cooperation or
community organization based on ascribed status which is going for the sake of
togetherness. The process is also influenced by industrial process, due to their
settlement closes to industrial estate. Many of factory employments are also live
in this settlement even they become a part of original community, even though
the number are not a lot.
Mutual cooperation that still develops in the community living in the study area,
is mutual activities in cleaning and maintaining house of worship, cleaning
settlement environment, celebrating culture festivity, and celebrating great days.
During this study conducted, the community was busy celebrating 62 years
Indonesia Independence Day. They seem sharing each other to be a
committee, following various competitions, and together designing and
practicing art festivity agenda.
Following is a table that shows analyses result of questionnaires for 50
respondents include 29 respondents in Loktuan Village and 21 respondents in
Guntung Village. Loktuan Respondent number is bigger due to the location is
closed to the location of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI construction.
Table 5.26. Guntung and Loktuan Mutual Activity
No
Clarification
1
House of worship cleaning and maintaining
2
Cleaning the environment
3
Celebrating Months of Moslem Calendar
4
Celebrating Culture Festivity
5
Others
Source: Primary Data Analyses, August 2007,
Frequency
19
43
50
32
V - 46
Even though Bontang community has shifted from traditional to modern,
however social pattern characterized by mutual cooperation still exists. This is
reflected by particular mutual activity. According to community perception,
cleaning and maintaining house of worship activity has not often been done,
because the community consists of many ethnics and religions. Religion activity
is also not significant in the area, house of worships are also not so many and
their existences are not significant.
Mutual cleaning environment activity according to respondent perception still is
often done, usually on Sunday, but not routine. Besides Sunday, cleaning
environment is also done especially in the time approaching Independence
Day, due to sometimes there are “clean the environment” competitions amongst
areas, which then drive them to seriously cleaning their environment.
Including in “others” activities is constructing or maintaining local structure.
According to them, it is important to be carried out, due to easy transportation is
a mutual need, and moreover motorcycle owner level in the community is high.
Including to other activities is also night guard.
Other media as community social interaction in the study area are RT and RW
gathering, but not routinely, only incidentally dependent on the need. According
to Loktuan Village secretary and head officer of Guntung Village, “incidentally”
means that gathering is done due to the occurring urgent matter or important
matter that needs to be discussed among the community. Religion activities are
also conducted mutually such as great recitation, women and children
recitations, and Yasinan. Christian adherent has also conducted mutual activity
such as Sunday school, weekly worship, and deepening of Bible.
V - 47
5.3.3.1. Education
Community education level in Guntung Village is presented on the following
Table 5.27:
Table 5.27. Guntung Community Number Based on Education Level
No
Education
Number
1, Elementary school
990
2, Junior High Scholl
931
3, Senior High School
1,378
4, Academy/D1-D3
115
5, Bachelor/S1-S3
52
JUMLAH
3,466
Source:Guntung Village Monographic Data, 2006
Percentage (%)
28.73
27.02
39.99
33.37
15.09
100,00
The table shown that mostly Guntung community are graduated from senior
high school (39.99%), followed by elementary school (28.73%), and junior
high school (27.02%). Community with academy/D1-D3 level is 33.37%, and
the least is bachelor graduation (15%).
5.3.3.2. Religion
Table 5.28.
Guntung Village Community Numbers Based on Religion
No
Religion
Moslem
Christian
Catholic
Hindu
Number
1,
5.143
2,
413
3,
113
4,
1
JUMLAH
5.670
Source:Guntung Village Monographic Data, 2006
Percentage (%)
90.71
7.28
1.99
0.02
100.00
From the table above, it can be seen that mostly Guntung community are
Moslems i.e. 5,143 persons ((90.71%), Christian 7.28% and Catholic 1.99%,
V - 48
Table 5.29. Loktuan Village Community Numbers Based on Religion
No
Religion
Number
1, Moslem
14.758
2, Christian
772
3, Catholic
561
4, Hindu
25
TOTAL
16.116
Source:Loktuan Village Monographic Data, 2006
Percentage (%)
91.57
4.80
3.48
1.55
100.00
Loktuan community are also mostly Moslem i.e. 144,748 persons or 91.57%
of 16,116 population, Hindu is the least only 25 persons (1.55%).
5.3.3.3. Behaviour
Historically, Guntung community majority is Kutai descendant, and has been
there since 1920s. Kutai community in Guntung is descendants of
disintegrated Kutai Monarchy family that originally come from Kesultanan
Tenggarong, East Kalimantan. Due to occurring dispute among Kutai
Monarchy family, they disintegrated, one of them settled in Guntung area. It
is predicted that Kutai descendant family is about 600. On 19 June 2004,
Sultan Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura ke XX, had installed Dewan Adat
and Lembaga Adat officers of Kutai Guntung Citra Kota Bontang. The aim of
forming Lembaga Adat Kutai Guntung is to preserve Kutai Behaviour and
Culture in Bontang. Several potential social occur in Guntung Village such as
lembaga adat Kutai which maintains Kutai culture and “Erau” culture festivity
(Erau plas Benua),
Aculturism of Bugis, Java, and Kutai culture has occurred in a long time
indicated by culture and competence assimilation. Marriage, Japen, Reog,
Java and Bugis Dances are often held during ritual of sedekah laut (giving
food to the reef) or in celebrating national great days, even are also held
during Erau Festivity indicating harmonious condition among religions.
5.3.3.4. Perception and Aspiration
Perception and attitude are related to many factors, both from individual itself,
as well as from external environment. Ones or group’s attitude will emerge if
in their social environment occurs an incident that influences their existence.
Social attitude expression can be words or actions, such as agree or
disagree, certain or uncertain, against or compliance, gentle or aggressive,
positive, negative as well as neutral character .
V - 49
Respondent majority have known the construction plan of Ammonium Nitrate
Factory PT KNI as well as its production. They do not familiar with PT KNI,
however they know Orica well, even though Orica has not conducted
socialization to the community.
Indepth interview with community’s formal and informal leaders included
village’s officers, NGO leaders, and also laypersons, generally it can be said
that respondents’ perception on the factory construction plan can be grouped
on three tendencies: agree with requirement, not agree, and neutral.
Table 5.30.
Respondent Attitude on Factory Construction Plan
No
Clarification
1
Agree
2
Agree with requirement
4
Neutral
Total
Source: Primary data analyses, August 2007
Frequency
23
15
12
50
%
46
30
24
100.0
Table 5.31. Respondent Attitude that Agree
No
Indicator
Tendency
S
T
1 Job opportunity
2 Company aid to the community
3 Local economic more develop
4 The area busier
Source: : Primary data analyses, August 2007,
Clarification : T = high, S = moderate, R = low
R
•
•
•
•
The agree group proposes the requirement that the factory has to give job
chances to the local community. So far the local community is difficult to work
in factories located in industrial estate of PT KIE with the reason that their
education back ground is not adequate. According to the community, in the
past this reason is sensible due to their education are indeed not so high
enough. However, right now the community mostly have adequate education,
thus the reason of “not adequate education” is not relevant anymore. If they
are untrained, they believe that with some training they can work in the
factory. Moreover for unskilled workers such as gardener, cleaning service,
and guard should not be coming from other areas as it happens right now.
V - 50
Table 5.32. Respondent Attitude that not Agree
No
Indicator
Tendency
S
T
1
2
Explosion hazard
High technology not needs lower competence
labour
3 Ammoniac odour pollution
4 Vibration
Source: Primary data analyses, 2007
R
•
•
Respondents that do not agree is due to they worry with the words “explosive
material”, in addition, they have got many information from the newspaper on
explosion cases both deliberately such as terrorisms case, or indeliberately
due to explode itself caused by not carefulness community. This perception
should be taken into account by the initiator.
The neutral respondents give the reason that workers recruitment will
consider qualification and professionalism. Therefore, the important things are
the government and the industry roles in increasing uneducated local human
resources qualities through education and training or giving stimuli in the form
of capital loan.
V - 51
CHAPTER VI
SIGNIFICANT IMPACT PREDICTION
6.1. GEOPHYSIC-CHEMISTRY COMPONENT
Land preparation activities predicted will emerge significant impact, are
equipment and material mobilization, land clearing and land preparation.
Survey and measurement activities predicted will not emerge significant
impact.
Survey and measurement activities will not affect climate. Land preparation
will also not affect due to its characteristic only administrative activity. Labour
recruitment will not impact due to there is no physical activity to the
environment that will change air quality component.
Equipment and material mobilization
a. Prediction of Impact Magnitude
Equipment and material mobilization will contribute to the existing pollutant.
The contributing pollutant is coming from both burning transportation fuel or
other, as well as dust, and will affect climate condition in the surrounding
activity
Pollutant contribution from equipment and material mobilization is predicted
due to the increasing transportation volume. It is predicted that in the peak
load increasing 100 trucks/hour transportation volumes will occur.
Predicting emission is calculated as follows:
¾ Transportation volume in 1 hour (3600 seconds) : 100 trucks
¾ Truck average velocity
: 40 km/hour
¾ Street width
: 12 m
¾ 1 litter fuel
: 5 km
¾ Stable air layer height
: 10 m
For the street length 1 km, fuel needs are:
Chapter VI: Significant Impact Prediction
VI - 1
100 trucks x (1/40 km/hour) x (40 km/hour5 km/litter): 20 litter: 0.02 m3
solar.
Emission factor based on WHO Offset Publication No. 62, yearr1983 are:
SO2
: 7.9544 kg/m3 solar
NO2
CO
: 36.4226 kg/m3 solar
Dust
Emission result in 1 hour for 1 km length:
SO2
NO2
: (7.9544 kg/m3) x 0.02 m3
3
= 0.159 kg = 159 g
3
: (9.2103 kg/m ) x 0.02 m
3
= 0.1842 kg = 184.2 g
3
CO
: (36.4226 kg/m ) x 0.02 m
= 0.7285 kg = 728.5 g
Dust
: (2.0095 kg/m3) x 0.02 m3
= 0.040 kg = 40 g
Air volume affected by emission: 1000 m x 12 m x 10 m = 120.000m3.
Resulted pollutant contribution:
SO2
: (159 g/120,000 m3) x (1/3600detik) x 106 μg/g = 0.368 μg/m3
NO2
: (184.2 g/120.000 m3) x (1/3600detik) x 106 μg/g = 0.426 μg/m3
CO
: (728.5 g/120.000 m3) x (1/3600detik) x 106 μg/g = 1.6 μg/m3
Dust : (40 g/120,000 m3) x (1/3600detik) x 106 μg/g = 0.09 μg/m3
In the initial condition, before construction activity of PT KNI factory, the
existing climate is very good or environmental quality scale is 5.
Equipment and material mobilization will impact on climate. Based on
calculated data mentioned above, fuel used can be said minor thus will not
change the activity location climate. Hence it can be predicted that
environmental quality scale will be still 5.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by equipment and material
mobilization on the climate is categorized as negative impact with 0 scale
change and can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
b. Prediction of Impact Importance
Considering numbers of human impacted, impact value is insignificant;
due to the amount of human impacted is less because the impact is only
occurred in industrial estate with relatively small number inhabitants.
Considering impact distribution impact value is insignificant, due to the
impact distribution is only in industrial area.
VI - 2
Considering impact intensity and duration of impact, impact value is
insignificant, due to the impact intensity is minor and impact is only
occurred during land clearing activity.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the climate change is minor.
Considering impact cumulative, impact value is insignificant, due to the
occurring impact is only during activity proceeding.
Considering reversible/irreversible impact, impact value is insignificant,
due to the impact is reversible.
In general impact of equipment and material mobilization can be
categorized as insignificant impact.
Land Clearing
Land clearing activity for PT KNI Factory construction purposes predicted
will emerge impact. The activity is clearing bushy plants and other plants
from the land. This clearing is a part of land preparation for factory
construction. Total land width used for PT KNI factory construction and its
supporting building, is 18 ha.
Land initial condition that fully planted with bushy and other plants, is an
open space, therefore the existing climate is very good or environmental
quality scale is 5.
The existence of landscape change is due to PT KNI factory construction
that will cover the land, however Building Coverage Ratio (BCR) is less
than 40%, and this is complying with the regulation. Therefore the
environmental quality will still be maintained (scale 5); the activity will not
impact on the climate.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land clearing activity on the
climate is categorized as negative impact with 0 scale change and can be
categorized as insignificant negative impact.
VI - 3
occurred during land clearing activity.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
occurring impact is only during activity proceeding.
Land Preparation
Land preparation activity is aimed to prepare land ready for construction.
The activity includes land filling and land compaction. In the planning,
>60% land will be used as a green area. Land preparation activity will
cause increasing temperature that leads climate change in the surrounding
location. Thus, the initial climate condition is very good or environmental
quality scale is 5. Land preparation activity that increases local
temperature, will cause decrease environmental quality scale to 4,
therefore this activity will impact the environmental quality scale by -1.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on the
climate is categorized as negative impact with -1 scale change and can be
VI - 4
occurred during land preparation activity.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
occurring impact is only during activity going on.
6.1.1.2. Noise Level
Equipment and material mobilization, land clearing and land preparation will
affect noise level in the project site and quarry area. Equipment used in the
activity such as dump truck, backhoe and bulldozer used for cut and fill
activity will cause increasing noise level to 85 dBA in the distance of 15 m.
However, if the noise is measured in Camp Tursina settlement, the distance
605 m from the noise source, and measured near post 7 settlement, the
distance 620m from the noise source, the two places predicted will receive
noise in the level of 56.0 dBA in Camp Tursina settlement, and 53.9 dBA in
settlement near post 7.
Based on noise level standard, the predicted noise in those two places will be
still in the range of noise level standard i.e. 55 dBA.
Initial noise level is good with environmental quality scale of 4. During
equipment and material mobilization, land clearing and land preparation noise
level environmental quality will be 3. Consequently, environmental quality
scale will decrease by -1
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation activity on
noise level is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality scale
change by -1 therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant negative
impact.
VI - 5
Land clearing
Land clearing activity for PT KNI Factory construction purposes predicted
will emerge impact. The activity is clearing bushy plants and other plants
from the land. This clearing is a part of land preparation for factory
construction. Total land width that will be used for PT KNI factory
construction and its supporting building, is 18 ha. The activity will impact on
decreasing water quality specifically increasing suspended solid in the
water body that leads water biota disturbances.
Land initial condition that fully planted with bushy and other plants, is an
open space, therefore the existing climate is very good or environmental
quality scale is 5.
Decreasing water quality due to land clearing activity that increases
suspended solid in the water body will decrease water quality scale to 3,
therefore water quality will experience decreasing water quality scale by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on the
water quality is categorized as negative impact with -2 scale change and
can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
Considering numbers of human impacted, impact value is significant; due
to the amount of human (fisherman) impacted is large.
Considering impact distribution impact value is significant, due to the
impact distribution is not only in industrial area but also in the seawaters.
significant; due to the impact intensity is large even though the impact is
only occurred during land preparation activity.
Considering numbers of components impacted, impact value is significant;
due to the impact will generate sequel impact and will cause decreasing
seawater productivity, convenience, and perception.
VI - 6
Considering impact cumulative, impact value is significant; due to the
impact is cumulative character.
Considering reversible/irreversible impact, impact value is significant, due
to the impact is irreversible.
In general impact of land clearing can be categorized as significant
negative impact.
Land preparation
Land preparation activity is aimed to prepare land ready for construction.
The activity includes land filling and compaction. Land preparation activity
will decrease water quality due to increasing suspended solid in the water
body causing water quality in the location changes. Initial condition can be
said as very good therefore environmental quality scale in the initial
condition is 5.
Decreasing water quality due to land preparation activity that increases
suspended solid in the water body will decrease water quality scale to 3,
therefore water quality will experience decreasing water quality scale by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on water
quality (suspended solid) is categorized as negative impact with -2 scale
change and can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
to the amount of human impacted is large. The activity will also impact
seawater biota.
impact distribution is not only in industrial area but also in the seawaters.
significant; due to the impact intensity is large even though the impact is
only occurred during land preparation activity.
due to the impact will generate sequel impact and will cause decreasing
VI - 7
seawater productivity, decreasing earning, decreasing convenience, and
perception.
Considering impact cumulative, impact value is insignificant; due to the
impact is only occur during the activity taking place.
In general impact of land preparation can be categorized as significant
negative impact.
6.1.1.4. Hydrooceanography
During
land
preparation,
activities
predicted
will
impact
hydro-
oceanography condition include material for land filling mobilization and
land preparation. Material for land filling is sand-gravel brought from Palu
using barge in the capacity of 3,500 m3. Barge will harbour at the end of
Tursina Wharf exactly in the front of project site. Considering the location is
muddy coastal, the activity will impact on coastal abrasion and will lead to
re-suspended abrasion material in the seawater causing water turbidity.
While land preparation activities predicted will impact on hydrooceanography condition include blanket installing and land filling. The
activities will cause runoff consisting with scattered material, and will go to
the sea causing seawater turbidity as well as shore abrasion as can be
seen on Figure 6.1.
Figure 6.1. Abrasion in project site shore
VI - 8
In the initial condition, project site is coastal marsh fully with bushy and
mangrove plants. The plants can function as a filter for run off that goes to
drainage and to the sea, causing water run off relatively clean. Mangrove
can also function as a coastal barrier from abrasion during tidal rise and
fall. Hence, the initial hydro-oceanography condition is very good or
environmental quality scale is 5.
Mangrove clearing, barge operation, and land filling activities will increase
seawater turbidity as well as shore abrasion. Consequently, environmental
water quality scale will decrease to 3 (moderate), or the activity will impact
to the environmental quality scale by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on hydrooceanography is categorized as negative impact with -2 scale change and
can be categorized as significant negative impact.
due to the amount of human impacted is minor, since the activity is taking
place in industrial area which there is no settlement in the area.
impact distribution is not only in industrial area but also in the south area.
significant; due to the impact intensity is relatively large and will occur
continuously until it is managed.
due to the impact will cause disappearing coastal marsh and mangrove,
and will generate sequel impact in the forms of disappearing biota,
increasing
local
temperature
causing
convenience
decrease
and
community negative perception.
VI - 9
negative impact.
6.1.1.5. Topography and Morphology
During
land
preparation,
activities
predicted
will
impact
hydro-
oceanography condition include material for land filling mobilization and
land preparation. Local material used for filling land is begun by digging
material in the quarry causing the hill top morphology change to the plain
forming. However, in the digging border will leave the steeply slope. In the
circumstance cutting the hill top is not well planned, terrain stability will
decrease due to possibly land sliding.
Based on the result from soil mechanic laboratory analyses, the material
has soil cohesion of 0.14 to 0.22 kg/cm2, inside friction angle of 20 - 22º,
and unit weight of 1.72 gr/cm3. Using the slope stability analyses, resulting
FK value = 1.7 on digging slope of 1:2.
Figure 6.2. Slope Stability Analyses using Bishop Method in the Quarry Area.
Land preparation activity impacting on morphology condition is land filling.
The activity will change coastal marsh morphology to plain morphology.
Coastal marsh morphology functions as retention pond before run off goes
to the sea, thus it functions as a filter.
In the initial condition, project site and quarry morphology have a good
terrain stability. Thus, environmental quality condition can be categorized
as very good or environmental quality scale is 5.
VI - 10
Land clearing and digging material activity that caused decreasing terrain
stability, will lead to decreasing environmental quality scale to 3, or impact
will cause environmental quality scale change by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on
topography and morphology is categorized as negative impact with -2
scale change and can be categorized as significant negative impact.
to the amount of human impacted is large, specifically the community living
in the surrounding quarry.
impact distribution is not only in the surrounding quarry but also in the
surrounding land filling area.
significant; due to the impact intensity is relatively large and will occur
continuously until it is managed.
due to the impact will cause morphology change, and will generate sequel
impact on terrain stability, increasing run off, and disappearing vegetation,
in the end impact will cause decreasing convenience and community
negative perception.
negative impact.
VI - 11
6.1.16. Soil Type Component
During land preparation, activity predicted will cause impact on soil type is
blanket installing, geotextile installing, and land filling. In these activities
coastal marsh with rock-sand bottom lithology layered by marsh mud, will
be filled by sand gravel and sand-silt-granule. Initial soil bottom is grouped
as A1-b/SM class and after land filling it will be A-2/ SM class.
Soil with A-1 class is categorized as very good or environmental quality
scale is 5. After land filling activity soil will be A-2 class or environmental
quality scale is 4. Thus, land filling activity will change quality scale by -1.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on soil
type is categorized as negative impact with -1 scale change and can be
categorized as significant negative impact.
due to the amount of human impacted is minor, the activity is taking place
in the area that is no settlement.
impact distribution is only in the project site area.
significant; due to the impact will occur continuously until it is managed
even though the intensity is relatively small. .
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the soil class change will only affect carrying capacity
that can be repaired by land compaction and maturation.
impact is cumulative, more filling activity the more soil type change.
In general impact of land preparation activity can be categorized as
significant negative impact.
VI - 12
6.1.1.7. Space Use Planning
During land preparation, activities predicted will impact on space use
planning include land clearing and land filling. The activities will change
internal space use structure of PT KIE industrial estate particularly from
green area to open area.
In initial condition, space use planning environmental quality is very good or
environmental quality scale is 5.
Disappearing coastal marsh after the activity occurs will change internal
space structure, however environmental quality scale is still 5.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on space
use planning is categorized as negative impact, but without environmental
quality scale change, therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant
negative impact.
insignificant; due to the impact intensity is relatively small. .
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the limitation space change will relatively not affect
sequel impact.
impact is cumulative character, the more land open the more space use
change.
VI - 13
6.1.1.8. Land Use Planning
During land preparation, land clearing, and land filling activities will impact
on land use planning. The initial green area will change to open space
area. The initial green area planted with bushy and mangrove has
functioned as retention pond and filter of run off, hence it can function as
sea barrier and several biota habitat.
Based on the condition above, initial land use planning in the project site is
categorized as very good or environmental quality scale is 5.
Land clearing activity, cutting top soil, and filling will change land use
planning in the area, from green area to open area or environmental quality
scale will decrease to 2. Thus, environmental quality scale will change by 3.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on land
use planning is categorized as negative impact with -3 scale change and
can be categorized as significant negative impact.
significant; due to the impact intensity is relatively large and the impact will
occur continuously until it is managed.
due to the land use change will cause impact sequel in the form of micro
climate change that generates decreasing convenience and community
negative perception.
VI - 14
impact is cumulative character, the more land open the more land use
change.
Considering reversible/irreversible impact, impact value is significant,
even though the impact is reversible, however to reverse will need long
time.
In the construction phase, activities predicted will impact on air quality are
equipment and construction material mobilization and factory construction.
Labour recruitment and material and labour demobilization activities will not
impact on air quality. The activities will not impact on air quality due to there
is not any physical activity on the environment that will cause environmental
change.
Equipment and Construction Material Mobilization
Equipment and construction material mobilization predicted will impact on
air quality. The activity will contribute on decreasing air quality and will
affect the climate.
Material will be transported by 22 dump trucks/day, and will use fuel 25
litters (pass by in the period of 10 minutes). Therefore, initial condition of air
quality is very good with environmental quality scale is 5.
Due to equipment and construction material mobilization, local temperature
will increase thus environmental quality will decrease to 4. As a result, the
activity will impact on environmental quality scale by -1.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land clearing on climate is
categorized as negative impact with environmental quality scale change by
-1 therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
VI - 15
in the industrial estate that is no settlement.
impact distribution is only in the industrial area.
insignificant; due to the impact intensity is relatively small and the impact
will only occur during equipment and material mobilization activity.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the climate change is relatively minor.
impact is only occurred during the activity.
In general impact of equipment and construction material mobilization
activity can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
Factory Construction Activity
Factory and its supporting building construction using equipment such as
ready mix, mollen etc predicted will impact on air quality. The activity will
use 60 litters fuel/day. Thus initial condition can be categorized as very
good or environmental quality scale is 5.
Factory construction will increase local temperature, but after the
construction finished the temperature will be back to initial condition.
Therefore, initial condition is very good or scale is 5, and after construction
finish the scale will be as initial condition (scale 5). Hence, the activity will
not change environmental quality.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by factory construction activity
on climate is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality
VI - 16
scale change by 0 therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant
negative impact.
insignificant; due to the impact intensity is relatively small and the impact
will only occur during factory construction activity.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the climate change is relatively minor.
impact is only occurred during the activity.
In general impact of factory construction activity can be categorized as
insignificant negative impact.
Equipment mobilization and demobilization activities of factory construction
will affect noise level in project site area. Noise level will be 85 dBA in the
distance of 15m. However, if the noise is measured from the nearest
settlement i.e. Camp Tursina settlement with the distance of 605m from noise
sources, noise level in this site will be 56.0 dBA, and the settlement in post 7
with the distance of 620m from noise source, noise level will be 53.9 dBA.
Based on noise standard, the noises in the two settlements are still in the
range of noise standard i.e. 55 dBA ± 3 dBA.
construction phase noise level environmental quality will be 3. Consequently,
environmental quality scale will decrease by -1.
VI - 17
Based on explanation above, impact caused by construction phase activity on
noise level is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality scale
change by -1 therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant negative
impact.
Factory Construction Activity
Factory construction predicted will increase the amount of suspended solid
in the water body. This will lead in decreasing water quality.
The initial condition of water quality is very good or environmental quality
scale is 5. Due to factory construction, environmental water quality scale
will decrease to 3; therefore the activity will change environmental quality
scale by -2.
scale change by -2 therefore impact can be categorized as significant
negative impact.
to the amount of human impacted is large, the activity will affect humans
living in the settlements located in the surrounding activity and the
settlements in the seawaters.
impact distribution is wide, not only in the industrial area but also in the
seawater.
significant; due to the impact intensity is large even though the impact will
only occur during factory construction activity.
due to the impact will generate sequel impact causing decreasing earning,
productivity, convenience, and perception.
VI - 18
6.1.2.4. Space Planning
Factory construction is predicted to cause impact on space planning. The
activity will change internal space PT KIE industrial estate, from green area
to building cover area. In the initial condition, the project site is coastal
marsh area. Thus space planning environmental quality is very good with
the scale of 5. Disappearing green area will affect internal space planning
structure in the industrial estate. However, the change is only occur in the
industrial estate, thus from Bontang City space planning the space
structure does not change. Accordingly, construction activity of Ammonium
Nitrate Factory PT KNI will decrease space planning environmental quality,
but not decreasing environmental quality scale, the scale will be still 5.
on space use planning is categorized as negative impact with
environmental quality scale change by 0 therefore impact can be
insignificant; due to the impact intensity is relatively small.
VI - 19
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the limitation of space planning change and the
sequel impact is also limited.
impact is cumulative character, the more the land opens the more the
space planning changes.
insignificant negative impact.
6.1.2.5. Land Use Planning
Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT KNI construction predicted will impact on
land use planning. In the project site, the initial coastal marsh green area
function will change to Ammonium Nitrate Factory area function.
The coastal marsh green area functions as a retention pond, a run off filter
before going to the sea, and several biota habitats. Based on this condition,
the land use planning environmental quality can be categorized as very
good with scale 5.
Factory construction activity will impact on land use changing from green
area to building cover area. The construction planned that there will be
139,920 m2 green area or 77.73 % from the project site’s width.
Accordingly, only 22.27 % of the width will be covered by factory building,
as a result the environmental quality scale will change to 4. Hence, factory
construction activity will decrease land use environmental quality scale by 1.
is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality scale change
by -1 therefore impact can be categorized as insignificant negative
impact.
VI - 20
significant; due to the impact intensity is relatively large and will continue
until it is managed.
due to the land use planning change will emerge sequel impact in the form
of micro climate change and in the end will decrease convenience and
community negative perception.
impact is cumulative, the more the land covered by building the more the
decreasing land use planning quality. .
6.1.3.1. Climate
Production process
Operation phase activities predicted will impact on climate component, include
production process. Labour recruitment activity, raw material and supporting
material procurement, waste treatment, and product shipping predicted will not
cause significant impact on climate.
Production process activity will generate waste both water, gas, as well as
solid. Gaseous waste will significantly impact on climate parameter.
VI - 21
Gaseous waste planned that will be treated, will emit gas in the
concentration below recommended concentration standard. This gaseous
emission will affect climate condition due to gas particles will function as
condensate nucleus to form rain.
Thus, initial condition has environmental quality scale 5. Due to production
process impact, fall will occur more; consequently environmental quality
scale will decrease to 3 or the activity will decrease environmental quality
scale by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by process production activity
negative impact.
due to the amount of human impacted is relatively small, the impact will
only occur in industrial estate.
impact distribution is wide, not only in the industrial area but also in its
surrounding.
significant; due to the impact will continue as long as the factory operated.
due to the climate will very much change.
impact is cumulative character and will continue as long as the factory
operated.
In general impact of production process activity can be categorized as
VI - 22
Production Process
Production process activity will generate waste both water, gas, as
well as solid. Gaseous waste will significantly impact on climate
parameter. Gaseous waste planned that will be treated, will emit gas
in the concentration below recommended concentration standard.
This gaseous emission will affect air quality due to gas particles will
function as condensate nucleus to form rain.
Thus, initial condition has environmental quality scale 5. Due to
production process impact, fall will occur more, and consequently
environmental quality scale will decrease to 3 or the activity will
decreasing environmental quality scale by -2.
on air quality is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality
negative impact.
surrounding.
due to the climate will very much change.
VI - 23
operated.
Production process predicted will affect noise level that leads to directly
affect on workers, noise level in industrial area, and noise level in the
settlement
that
is
protected
by
noise
level
standard
of
Kep/51/Menaker/1999.
The factory workers predicted will receive 80 – 95 dBA noise level, while
industrial estate area 55 – 70 dBA. The prediction of noise level received by
settlement area with assuming noise source 70 dBA, in settlement (B-1
location) 605m distances from noise source, the noise level will be 53.1
dBA, while in settlement (B-2 location) 620m distances from noise source,
the noise level will be 48.3 dBA
Based on the prediction, factory workers will receive noise level above
recommended standard (the standard is 70 dBA), while settlements B-1
and B-2 will receive noise level below recommended standard (the
standard is 55 dBA).
process
production
noise
level
environmental
quality
will
be
2.
Consequently, environmental quality scale will decrease by -2.
on noise level is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality
negative impact.
VI - 24
Impact prediction of noise level during factory operation on workers can be
categorized as large scale. The significance can be summarized as follows:
to the amount of workers impacted is relatively large.
surrounding.
Considering
numbers
of
components
impacted,
impact
value
is
insignificant; due to the other component will not be affected.
operated.
In general impact of production process can be categorized as significant
negative impact.
Production Process
Production process activity predicted will generate waste both water, gas,
as well as solid. Wastewater will impact on water quality. Wastewater
generated in the volume of 300 m3/day, will be coming from nitric acid plant
with corrosive character due to nitric acid contain. Other wastewaters
include hot waters in the volume 220 m3/day coming from factory cooler
system that uses seawaters, and oil and grease wastes coming from triple
separator in the volume of 100L/year.
VI - 25
Initial environmental quality is very good with the scale of 5. Due to process
production activity, water quality scale will decrease to 3 or the impact will
decrease environmental quality by -2.
on water quality is categorized as negative impact with environmental
quality scale change by -2 therefore impact can be categorized as
to the amount of human impacted is relatively large, the impact will not only
occur in industrial estate but also in the community settlement.
surrounding.
due to the water quality change will cause sequel impact.
operated.
Waste Treatment
Waste is treated with the aim of generating waste (solid, liquid and gas)
complied with recommended standard. Wastewater treatment done in order
to keep water quality in good condition, the treatments are:
VI - 26
1. In nitric acid plant: wastewater (300 m3/day) with corrosive character due
to nitric acid contain, before the waste is run to chemical pond, firstly it is
neutralized.
2. Hot water, coming from cooler system using seawaters 220 m3/day, will
increase seawater temperature. The hot water before run to the sea, its
temperature is firstly decreased in Cooling Tower.
3. Oil and grease wastes generated from triple separator (100 L/year) will
be treated suitable with toxic and hazardous wastewater procedure.
Water quality initial condition is good with the scale of 5. Generating waste
will decrease water environmental quality by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by water treatment activity on
water quality is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality
negative impact.
occur in industrial estate but also in community settlement.
surrounding.
due to the water quality change will generate sequel impact.
operated.
VI - 27
6.1.3.5. Waste
Raw Material and Supporting Material Procurement
Raw material and supporting material procurement activities will generate
garbage (domestic and process). There will not be raw material impact
because the raw material is piped from PT Pupuk Kaltim, while supporting
material will generate significant solid waste. Solid wastes are coming from
used packaging such as plastics, drums, inert materials, coating agent,
filter, and ammonium nitrate bags.
Initial environmental quality condition is scaled 5. Generating solid wastes
will decrease environmental quality by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by raw material and
supporting material procurement activity on emerging waste (domestic and
process) is categorized as negative impact with environmental quality
negative impact.
surrounding.
due to waste generating (domestic and process) will cause sequel impact.
VI - 28
operated.
Production process
Production process activity predicted will generate waste both water, gas,
as well as solid. Solid waste includes catalyst coming from ammonia
converter with volume of 120 kg/year. This catalyst waste will decrease
environmental quality due to its hazardous characteristic.
The initial environmental condition is very good with the environmental
quality scale of 5.
Waste (domestic and process) will decrease environmental quality to 3,
thus the wastes will decrease environmental quality scale by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by production process activity
on emerging waste (domestic and process) is categorized as negative
impact with environmental quality scale change by -2 therefore impact can
be categorized as significant negative impact.
surrounding.
VI - 29
operated.
Waste Treatment
Managing domestic and processing garbage is aimed in order the wastes
not to disturb environmental quality and aesthetic. Garbage management
includes:
Domestic solid waste
Domestic solid wastes are generated from office and houses activities. Non
economic solid waste volume are predicted 50 m3/year, characterized non
toxic, and managed by firstly collected before dumped to land fill. Paper
and cartoon wastes volume 50 m3/year are sold to collector due to can be
recycled.
Process solid waste
Used catalyst:
Process solid waste volumes 120 kg/year, are mainly generated from
Ammonia Converter, and managed through: waste is collected based on its
characteristics, packaged in drum and labelled, stored in appropriate safety
place, and managed suitably with toxic and hazardous waste procedure.
Inert Material (plastic) Nitrate Containing:
The material is coming from general activities, characterized non toxic,
volumes 10 m3/year, and managed by: inert material is washed with water
to diminish nitrate contaminant until < 100 mg/L, packaged as minimum as
VI - 30
possible, and sent to appropriate location by environmental licensed waste
contractor.
Lilamine bag:
The bag is coming from chemical packaging, characterized non toxic,
volumes 1800 bags/year, and managed through: the bag is washed with
water until clean, and sent to land fill.
Empty Drum:
Drum is coming from supporting material/chemical storage, characterized
non toxic, volumes 100 drums @ 20 L/year, and managed through: drum is
washed until clean, stored in appropriate and safe place, and managed
suitably with toxic hazardous waste procedure.
Coating Agent:
Coating agent is coming from product layering system and separator,
characterized non toxic, volumes 20 tones/year, and managed through:
waste is collected and sent to appropriate place by environmental licensed
contractor.
Filter:
Filter is coming from aqua ammonia filter (4 units/year), nitric acid
compressor
(20
m3/year),
and
ammonia
filters
(100
units/year),
characterized non toxic, and managed through: filter is washed to diminish
contaminants, stored in appropriate and safe place, and managed by waste
contractor.
Ammonium Nitrate Bag:
The bag is coming from damaged ammonium nitrate bag/under
requirement, characterized non toxic, volumes 1000 bags/year, and
managed through: bag is washed until clean to diminish the contaminant,
stored in appropriate and safe place, and managed by waste contractor.
Initial environment condition is very good or environmental quality scale 5.
Solid waste existence will decrease environmental quality by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by waste treatment activity on
emerging garbage (domestic and process) is categorized as negative
VI - 31
impact with environmental quality scale change by -2 therefore impact can
be categorized as significant negative impact.
surrounding.
operated.
6.1.3.6. Hydro-oceanography
During ammonium nitrate factory operation phase, activities predicted will
impact on hydro-oceanography condition are production process and
product shipping.
Hot water, coming from cooler system using seawaters 220 m3/day, will
increase seawater temperature. The increasing seawater temperature will
change water density and will emerge stream that tends to directing from
outlet to inlet. While product shipping activity will impact on emerging
seawater waves that will cause shore abrasion.
VI - 32
In the initial condition the seawater temperature is in between 32º C –
37.9ºC in outlet Kaltim 4 and very much influenced by tidal rise and fall.
Considering the seawaters is bay form, during tidal rise the stream will
direct to north west that is project site shore, on the other hands during tidal
fall the stream will direct to south east that is to the sea. With this condition,
heat dispersion will occur, and bay seawater temperature will be the same
with that of in open seawaters.
Initial hydro-oceanography condition in project site is very good with
environmental quality scale 5.
Factory operation will increase seawater temperature, however the volume
of hot water discharged by the factory is much lesser than seawater
volume, moreover, the hot waters before discharged to the sea its water
temperature is firstly decreased in Cooling Tower. While product shipping
operation will cause shore abrasion. Thus, the environmental quality will
decrease to 3 or the environmental quality will change by -2.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by factory operation activity on
hydro-oceanography is categorized as negative impact with environmental
quality scale change by -2 therefore impact can be categorized as
impact distribution is wide, not only in the industrial area but also in the sea
at the south side of wharf.
due to increasing seawater temperature will cause sequel impact and affect
marine biota.
VI - 33
operated.
VI - 34
6.2. BIOLOGY
4.2.1. LAND PREPARATION PERIOD
In this study, construction activities which may have an impact on biological aspects
of the environment are labour recruitment, mobilisation of material and heavy-duty
equipments, land clearing and land preparation.
6.2.1.1. Plankton
During the course of the study, brackish water swamp within the plant site of
PT KNI is reported to hold 6 species plankton. Nonetheless, since the swamp
is locked in from any water sources, the findings hence considered to be
moderate (EQ 3). Taking into account that plankton is the base of trophic
pyramid as primary producer, land clearing and its further preparation, which
means filling-in the swamp to dry, is thus identified to cause a negative impact
upon plankton in the swamp.
The area currently, from an ecological point of view, is in a highly denuded
condition. Land filling resulted in turbulence and turbidity, which in turn wiped
out plankton community in the swamp, is the consequence of the project. The
impact evaluated to occur in a very narrow area (-1), with almost no human
being to be influenced (-1) because the swamp is located in a restricted
industrial area. Duration and intensity of the impact relatively short (-2), only a
few other compounds may affected (-1) as the swamp locked in from any other
water body in surroundings. Impact is believed not cumulative (-2) and
reversible (-2) i.e. when other environmental components be well and properlymanaged. Thereafter, land preparation is considered to only causing a
relatively not important negative impact (-2).
Impact Identification
IV - 1
6.2.1.2. Macrobenthos
Land clearing and land preparation dried out the swamp - which occupy some
2/3 part of the plant site - will directly and indirectly (through the disappearance
of plankton) vanishing macrobenthic community in the swamp. Therefore these
physical activities might cause negative impacts to occur.
Land clears and preparation in the plant site - physically at present is a
brackish water swamp, ensuing in turbidity and habitat destroyed which
sequentially changing it into a terrestrial one rendering all aquatic communities
to be gone, including macrobenthos. This is indeed a logic consequence of
building the facility.
Impacts of land preparation upon macrobenthic communities in the swamp
have been evaluated as indirectly affecting human being (-1). From the
ecological point of view, the activity occur in a relatively narrow area (-1) with
short duration and light intensity (-2), i.e. during the constructional period,
although other components to be affected is relatively complicated because
macrobenthos is directly link to plankton as primary producer (-3). Impacts
upon this group may be reversible (-2) and not cumulative (-1), as long as
other components in the surrounding water body be properly managed as a
substitute. The impact is therefore categorised as negatively not important (2) toward the surrounding ecosystem.
6.2.1.3. Nekton
On site observation revealed that local people living outside the fence but next
to the project site often come to visit the swamp to fish by using cage net or
angling (Figure 3.1B). As a result, land clearing and preparation that will dry-up
the swamp and obviously perish all aquatic biota turn out as a negative impact
toward nektonic animals.
IV - 2
In general, nekton in the brackish water swamp and the surrounding water
body classified as mix demersal fishes (Table 3.8); besides, some uncommercial fish like Periopthalmus sp and Glossogobius matanensis. The
presence of more than 10 species economically important fish graded the
water body surrounding the project site as in a good condition to support
nektonic life (EQ 4).
Land clear and preparation disturbs amenity which in turn give rise to a
permanent change of local habitat in the swamp. When the construction is
commenced, local people will not allowed getting into the area to fish; this may
be evaluated as a negative impact. However, since they are not many, it is
therefore evaluated as less important (-1). Ecologically, the activity takes place
in a relatively narrow site (-1), intense but for a short period of time, i.e. only
during the land preparation period (-1), other components to be disturbed
relatively a few because in general nekton is of high grade in the trophic
pyramid (-2). The impact is considered reversible (-2) and not cumulative (-1)
as long as other components in the surrounding water body be properly
managed as a compensation. This is inferred from the fact that fish usually
perform a homing behaviour to overcome worsened water quality.
The impact of swamp-filling upon nektonic communities is therefore
categorised as negatively not important (-2) toward the surrounding water
body.
6.2.1.4. Microbes
Bacteriological quality of the environs in the project site was regarded as good
(Government Law no 82/2001 and EQ 4). Both guidance graded deep-well
closest to the site as the best in quality (station B-02, EQ 5; Table 3.9), i.e.
coliform bacteria 2 cfu.ml-1, and E. coli <2 MPN/100mL. Labour recruits
recognised to raise negative impact toward bacteriological profile in the site.
IV - 3
A number of recruited builders who stay in the temporary barracks and work in
unfurnished facility for which is assumed to provide no sanitary facilities, be
evaluated as compelling negative impact to the microbes over growth in the
sequence of degenerating environmental sanitation.
The activity is being conducted in a relatively small area, i.e. within the plant
site of PT KNI (-2). The intensity evolved since the land preparation period
throughout the period of constructing the structure (-3). The decline of
bacteriological quality in the project site and perhaps in the freshwater source
nearby linked to several other components, in particular is the public health (3). Impact is local, only cumulative at the extreme condition favouring the
blooming of microbes’ growth (-2), quickly reversible (-2) because mass
concentration of the builders will reduced soon after the facility accomplished,
and as long as environmental sanitation system be properly managed (-1).
Builders recruit thus be evaluated as a negatively less important impact (-3)
toward bacteriological surveillance surrounding the project site.
6.2.1.5. Land Vegetation
Land clears and further processes for land preparation diminishing all floral
communities within the plant site. As a consequence, this commencement
process in physical construction of ammonia nitrate plant of PT KNI is negative
toward local land vegetation.
Land clears and filling will obviously eliminate natural vegetation in the plant
site and consequently is identified as a negative impact for the local
vegetation. Land strip, top soil removal and relocation is expected not to
harmful the gene pool of local vegetation in the project site, given that no
observed species with economically important value, threatened, endangered,
nor endemic. At the time of visit, the site is set to be filled prior to dewatering.
Ground surface strip and dislocation will have no direct impact on human being
since the section is a restricted area intended for industry so that neither crop
IV - 4
nor other cultivation ever recorded (-1). The activity conducted in a relatively
very narrow area (-1); dislocation, relocation of stripped ground surface, and
land-fill will be carried out block by block within the 17 ha project site of PT
KNI. Quite an intense impact will occur throughout the land preparation period
(-2). From the point of ecological view, only a few other components will be
affected (-2); although vegetation is a primary producer, plant site is indeed
intended for industrial area. The short period of cumulative impacts (-2) will
soon be recover (-2) considering the high soil fertility in the project site. It is
thus evaluated that swamp fill for the construction of the ammonia nitrate
facility of PT KNI as a negatively not important impact (-2) toward local
vegetation in the site.
4.2.1.6. Terrestric Fauna
Loading of materials into the site and heavy-duty equipments mobilisation
followed by land clears and preparation, is suspected to be negative toward
faunal amenity in the project site and the surroundings.
Mobilisation of heavy-duty equipments prior to ground surface clears for land
preparation identified to cause a negative impact to the amenity of terrestrial
fauna in the project site.
Impacts of ground surface strip and dislocation toward wild terrestrial fauna will
have no direct impact on human being (-1) since the section is a restricted
industrial area not intended for green belt nor conservation area. Having been
conducted in a very narrow space within 17 ha of PT KNI project site (-1), it will
occurred intensively during land preparation period (-2). And although only a
few other components will be influenced (-1) as the site is an industrial area,
impacts toward terrestrial fauna may be cumulative (-2) yet reversible within a
short period of time (-2) regarding the soil fertility of the site ease animals to
find preys, they are not allowed to be hunted, and never poached be reported.
The animal’s mobility benefits them to recover their population size.
Therefore, mobilisation of heavy-duty vehicle and equipments prior to land
IV - 5
preparation processes of PT KNI be evaluated as a negatively not important
impact (-2) upon local terrestrial fauna in the site.
6.2.2. PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION PERIOD
In principle, all biotic compounds in this study will be affected by processes during
physical construction of the facility. Part of the building construction which may
contributes a negative impact upon biological aspects of the environs are: land
preparation affecting the deterioration of floral communities, building-materials and
heavy-duty equipments distressing faunal amenities, labour recruits leading to
bacteriological imbalance – this is because in general fresh water demand is higher
than the capacity.
4.2.2.1. Microbes
Change in the quantity and quality of the water for domestic use may facilitate
bacterial growth. In this study, pathogenic identification of the bacteria has yet
analysed, so that blooming possibility ought to be taken into account. As is
known (Table 3.9), total bacteria count in the sewer (station B-3) discharging
up to the sea (station B-1) was moderate, i.e. coliform 33 cell.ml-1, and E. coli
<9 MPN/100mL; meanwhile Thursina Harbour (station B-1) was the worst
(coliform 900 cell.ml-1, and E. coli <200 MPN/100mL). Thus the presence of
builders might worsen the already poor profile of surface water bacteria.
(coliform 900 cell.ml-1, and E. coli <200 MPN/100mL). From the ecological
point of view, workers/builders recruit may risk environmental sanitation,
IV - 6
because their need for domestic uses as such that may cause a freshwater
shortage, which in turn causing bacterial overgrowth.
Recruited builders who stay in the temporary barracks during the period of land
preparation to the construction period, and work in unfurnished facility for
which is assumed to provide no sanitary facilities compelling negative impact
to
the
microbes
overgrowth
(-2)
in
the
sequence
of
degenerating
environmental sanitation. Intensity of the impacts continued and escalated (-3)
due to rapid increase in the number of recruits. However, since the impacts is
local (-1), other components be influenced may be a few (-1), recovered in a
while (-1) and not cumulative (-1) regarding microbes vulnerability against
sudden change in other environmental factors, and also because many
pathogenic bacteria are not able to survive marine condition, thus
bacteriological profile may be evaluated as remain the same (EQ 4).
Subsequently the impacts of physical construction assumed as a negatively
not important (-2) toward bacteriological profile in the project site.
6.2.3. OPERATIONAL PERIOD
During the operational period of the facility harbour infrastructure maintenance, e.g.
waste water management and product transportation are those among others which
may causing some negative impacts upon plankton, macrobenthos and nektonic
communities in the project site.
4.2.3.1. Plankton
The more the functioning of the ammonia nitrate facility the more frequents the
product shipment, which is estimated to be once or twice a week. As this is an
ample contribution for the moor to more rapidly get shallower, maintenance
dredging may thus take place more often. Silicon compounds as an anti-foam
agent in the cooling tower are relatively harmless for biotic communities. Yet,
the more important to deal with is the higher temperature delta (ca. 5°C) of
wastewater discharged from the cooling tower system. All these processes are
continual, as they are going to be for a long period, as long as the functioning
IV - 7
of the facility; therefore it is recognised as a chronic negative impact for
planktonic a community which is indeed moderate in quality (EQ 3).
The more the functioning of the ammonia nitrate facility the more frequent the
product shipments, which is estimated to be once or twice a week. As this is an
ample contribution for the moor to get shallower more rapidly, maintenance
dredging may thus to be taken place more often. If this so, the activity will
periodically changed water depth, bottom sediment profile and the variety of
sediment size – as such that it may change the direction of flow and strength of
the current – which means transporting a vast amount of water mass from its
previous hydrodynamics.
Routine waste resulted from increased shipment frequency along with warm
effluent (ca. 5°C higher than normal; 220m3.hour-1 or 5280m3.ay-1) coming from
wastewater system, turbulence, and wastewater load from joint activities in the
harbour, be evaluated as negatively important (-4) for planktonic organisms –
either phytoplankton, zooplankton, and larvae of non-planktonic organisms
(meroplankton).
Approximately, 11 – 20% of human population in the surroundings who work
as fishermen may undergo the indirect impact of warm water effluent and
product shipments of PT KNI (-2). Impact may not extend wider than the
aquatic (ecological) boundary of PT KNI, more specifically is Thursina harbour
(-2). The intensity is moderate, occurring as long as the wastewater system,
ammonia nitrate facility and the harbour are in function (-4). Various other
components may get influenced since plankton is a primary producer in the
water body (-4). Impact may continue given that plant facility and the harbour
are functioning, but not cumulative (-2) as proven by variety and diversity of
planktonic organisms in PT PKT which has been operated for more than 30
years. Impact is therefore local and reversible (-2) provided that other
environmental components be properly managed in a sustainable way.
IV - 8
High turbidity due to the higher intensity of product shipment and/or
maintenance dredging, oil spill, wastewater of higher temperature, quality and
quantity of combined wastewater were identified to change the physical and
chemical properties of the water in the project site. Directly, those matters may
impede physiological and reproduction of macrobenthos in the bottom
sediment of the harbour. Indirectly, these may occur simultaneously with the
disappearance of planktonic life.
Habitat change is often fatal for this relatively immobile group of animals.
Moreover, warm water effluent, new species introduced if water ballast is not
properly dispose, oil spill, and change in physico-chemical of the water in
general are indicated to hamper the physiology and reproduction of this group.
Simultaneously, indirect impact may occur from the hold back of planktonic
communities which indeed is fairly moderate in quality and quantity (EQ 3).
Therefore, potential impacts that may occur during the operational period of
the facility and the harbour is evaluated as negatively important (-4) for
macrobenthic organisms in the site.
In approximate, 11 – 20% of human population in the surroundings are
fishermen, they may undergo the indirect impact of warm water effluent and
components may get affected since macrobenthos may be graded low
(herbivorous) or high (carnivorous) in the trophic pyramid (-3).
Impact may continue assuming that plant facility and the harbour are
functioning, but not cumulative (-2) since periodic maintenance in the harbour
may perform as a secondary succession agent for macrobenthic community.
Impact is therefore local and reversible (-2) provided that other environmental
IV - 9
components be properly managed in a sustainable way
4.2.3.3. Nekton
Higher intensity of product shipment and/or maintenance dredging, oil spill,
ballast water, wastewater of higher temperature, quality and quantity of
combined wastewater were recognized to restrain the amenity of nektonic
communities used to visit the harbour. Indirectly, it may affect through the
vanishing trophic levels at the bottom of trophic pyramid.
In the long run, ample depth of water column, amenity, and safety from
poaching and fishing in a restricted area, availability of various species of
plankton as nursing communities for nekton, strongly predicted to encourage
nekton to visit and live in the harbour as their sanctuary. In that view, by
applying proper management, then augmentation of shipment frequency along
with its associated activities, for example maintenance dredging, may comes
out as a positive impact (+3) for nektonic organisms; and in turn toward the
traditional fisheries outside the safety border of the harbour.
The impacts of maintenance dredging in the harbour, frequency of product
shipments, and warm wastewater of PT KNI assumed to be relatively
unimportant to the human population living nearby the project site (+1).
Ecologically, the impacts be reasonably important as it occur in a narrow space
(+2), moderately intense for long period, i.e. as long as the harbour, the facility,
and the wastewater system are in function (+4). A few other environmental
components may be affected (+1) considering that nekton is normally graded
high in the food pyramid. Negative impacts toward nekton may be cumulative
(-2) during land preparation period and physical construction of the facility, but
predicted to be recovered at the commencement of the operational period of
the facility (+3), i.e. with the condition that all other environmental components
be properly maintained. In other harbours of PT PKT, the quality and quantity
of nektonic organisms are satisfactory. This is inferred from the fact that fish
IV - 10
usually perform a homing behaviour to overcome worsened water quality. As a
result, operational of the facility which intensify shipment frequency, harbour
maintenance, and wastewater effluent categorised as a positive impact (+3)
for nekton in the harbour and the environs.
IV - 11
Study on Environmental Impact of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI
6.2. BIOLOGY
4.2.1. LAND PREPARATION PERIOD
In this study, construction activities which may have an impact on biological aspects
of the environment are labour recruitment, mobilisation of material and heavy-duty
equipments, land clearing and land preparation.
6.2.1.1. Plankton
During the course of the study, brackish water swamp within the plant site of
PT KNI is reported to hold 6 species plankton. Nonetheless, since the swamp
is locked in from any water sources, the findings hence considered to be
moderate (EQ 3). Taking into account that plankton is the base of trophic
pyramid as primary producer, land clearing and its further preparation, which
means filling-in the swamp to dry, is thus identified to cause a negative impact
upon plankton in the swamp.
The area currently, from an ecological point of view, is in a highly denuded
condition. Land filling resulted in turbulence and turbidity, which in turn wiped
out plankton community in the swamp, is the consequence of the project. The
impact evaluated to occur in a very narrow area (-1), with almost no human
being to be influenced (-1) because the swamp is located in a restricted
industrial area. Duration and intensity of the impact relatively short (-2), only a
few other compounds may affected (-1) as the swamp locked in from any other
water body in surroundings. Impact is believed not cumulative (-2) and
reversible (-2) i.e. when other environmental components be well and properlymanaged. Thereafter, land preparation is considered to only causing a
relatively not important negative impact (-2).
IV - 35
Land clearing and land preparation dried out the swamp - which occupy some
2/3 part of the plant site - will directly and indirectly (through the disappearance
of plankton) vanishing macrobenthic community in the swamp. Therefore these
physical activities might cause negative impacts to occur.
Land clears and preparation in the plant site - physically at present is a
brackish water swamp, ensuing in turbidity and habitat destroyed which
sequentially changing it into a terrestrial one rendering all aquatic communities
to be gone, including macrobenthos. This is indeed a logic consequence of
building the facility.
Impacts of land preparation upon macrobenthic communities in the swamp
have been evaluated as indirectly affecting human being (-1). From the
ecological point of view, the activity occur in a relatively narrow area (-1) with
short duration and light intensity (-2), i.e. during the constructional period,
although other components to be affected is relatively complicated because
macrobenthos is directly link to plankton as primary producer (-3). Impacts
upon this group may be reversible (-2) and not cumulative (-1), as long as
other components in the surrounding water body be properly managed as a
substitute. The impact is therefore categorised as negatively not important (2) toward the surrounding ecosystem.
6.2.1.3. Nekton
On site observation revealed that local people living outside the fence but next
to the project site often come to visit the swamp to fish by using cage net or
angling (Figure 3.1B). As a result, land clearing and preparation that will dry-up
the swamp and obviously perish all aquatic biota turn out as a negative impact
toward nektonic animals.
IV - 36
In general, nekton in the brackish water swamp and the surrounding water
body classified as mix demersal fishes (Table 3.8); besides, some uncommercial fish like Periopthalmus sp and Glossogobius matanensis. The
presence of more than 10 species economically important fish graded the
water body surrounding the project site as in a good condition to support
nektonic life (EQ 4).
Land clear and preparation disturbs amenity which in turn give rise to a
permanent change of local habitat in the swamp. When the construction is
commenced, local people will not allowed getting into the area to fish; this may
be evaluated as a negative impact. However, since they are not many, it is
therefore evaluated as less important (-1). Ecologically, the activity takes place
in a relatively narrow site (-1), intense but for a short period of time, i.e. only
during the land preparation period (-1), other components to be disturbed
relatively a few because in general nekton is of high grade in the trophic
pyramid (-2). The impact is considered reversible (-2) and not cumulative (-1)
as long as other components in the surrounding water body be properly
managed as a compensation. This is inferred from the fact that fish usually
perform a homing behaviour to overcome worsened water quality.
The impact of swamp-filling upon nektonic communities is therefore
categorised as negatively not important (-2) toward the surrounding water
body.
6.2.1.4. Microbes
Bacteriological quality of the environs in the project site was regarded as good
(Government Law no 82/2001 and EQ 4). Both guidance graded deep-well
closest to the site as the best in quality (station B-02, EQ 5; Table 3.9), i.e.
coliform bacteria 2 cfu.ml-1, and E. coli <2 MPN/100mL. Labour recruits
recognised to raise negative impact toward bacteriological profile in the site.
IV - 37
A number of recruited builders who stay in the temporary barracks and work in
unfurnished facility for which is assumed to provide no sanitary facilities, be
evaluated as compelling negative impact to the microbes over growth in the
sequence of degenerating environmental sanitation.
The activity is being conducted in a relatively small area, i.e. within the plant
site of PT KNI (-2). The intensity evolved since the land preparation period
throughout the period of constructing the structure (-3). The decline of
bacteriological quality in the project site and perhaps in the freshwater source
nearby linked to several other components, in particular is the public health (3). Impact is local, only cumulative at the extreme condition favouring the
blooming of microbes’ growth (-2), quickly reversible (-2) because mass
concentration of the builders will reduced soon after the facility accomplished,
and as long as environmental sanitation system be properly managed (-1).
Builders recruit thus be evaluated as a negatively less important impact (-3)
toward bacteriological surveillance surrounding the project site.
6.2.1.5. Land Vegetation
Land clears and further processes for land preparation diminishing all floral
communities within the plant site. As a consequence, this commencement
process in physical construction of ammonia nitrate plant of PT KNI is negative
toward local land vegetation.
Land clears and filling will obviously eliminate natural vegetation in the plant
site and consequently is identified as a negative impact for the local
vegetation. Land strip, top soil removal and relocation is expected not to
harmful the gene pool of local vegetation in the project site, given that no
observed species with economically important value, threatened, endangered,
nor endemic. At the time of visit, the site is set to be filled prior to dewatering.
Ground surface strip and dislocation will have no direct impact on human being
since the section is a restricted area intended for industry so that neither crop
IV - 38
nor other cultivation ever recorded (-1). The activity conducted in a relatively
very narrow area (-1); dislocation, relocation of stripped ground surface, and
land-fill will be carried out block by block within the 17 ha project site of PT
KNI. Quite an intense impact will occur throughout the land preparation period
(-2). From the point of ecological view, only a few other components will be
affected (-2); although vegetation is a primary producer, plant site is indeed
intended for industrial area. The short period of cumulative impacts (-2) will
soon be recover (-2) considering the high soil fertility in the project site. It is
thus evaluated that swamp fill for the construction of the ammonia nitrate
facility of PT KNI as a negatively not important impact (-2) toward local
vegetation in the site.
4.2.1.6. Terrestric Fauna
Loading of materials into the site and heavy-duty equipments mobilisation
followed by land clears and preparation, is suspected to be negative toward
faunal amenity in the project site and the surroundings.
Mobilisation of heavy-duty equipments prior to ground surface clears for land
preparation identified to cause a negative impact to the amenity of terrestrial
fauna in the project site.
Impacts of ground surface strip and dislocation toward wild terrestrial fauna will
have no direct impact on human being (-1) since the section is a restricted
industrial area not intended for green belt nor conservation area. Having been
conducted in a very narrow space within 17 ha of PT KNI project site (-1), it will
occurred intensively during land preparation period (-2). And although only a
few other components will be influenced (-1) as the site is an industrial area,
impacts toward terrestrial fauna may be cumulative (-2) yet reversible within a
short period of time (-2) regarding the soil fertility of the site ease animals to
find preys, they are not allowed to be hunted, and never poached be reported.
The animal’s mobility benefits them to recover their population size.
Therefore, mobilisation of heavy-duty vehicle and equipments prior to land
IV - 39
preparation processes of PT KNI be evaluated as a negatively not important
impact (-2) upon local terrestrial fauna in the site.
6.2.2. PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION PERIOD
In principle, all biotic compounds in this study will be affected by processes during
physical construction of the facility. Part of the building construction which may
contributes a negative impact upon biological aspects of the environs are: land
preparation affecting the deterioration of floral communities, building-materials and
heavy-duty equipments distressing faunal amenities, labour recruits leading to
bacteriological imbalance – this is because in general fresh water demand is higher
than the capacity.
4.2.2.1. Microbes
(coliform 900 cell.ml-1, and E. coli <200 MPN/100mL). Thus the presence of
builders might worsen the already poor profile of surface water bacteria.
(coliform 900 cell.ml-1, and E. coli <200 MPN/100mL). From the ecological
point of view, workers/builders recruit may risk environmental sanitation,
IV - 40
because their need for domestic uses as such that may cause a freshwater
shortage, which in turn causing bacterial overgrowth.
Recruited builders who stay in the temporary barracks during the period of land
preparation to the construction period, and work in unfurnished facility for
which is assumed to provide no sanitary facilities compelling negative impact
to
the
microbes
overgrowth
(-2)
in
the
sequence
of
degenerating
environmental sanitation. Intensity of the impacts continued and escalated (-3)
due to rapid increase in the number of recruits. However, since the impacts is
local (-1), other components be influenced may be a few (-1), recovered in a
while (-1) and not cumulative (-1) regarding microbes vulnerability against
sudden change in other environmental factors, and also because many
pathogenic bacteria are not able to survive marine condition, thus
bacteriological profile may be evaluated as remain the same (EQ 4).
Subsequently the impacts of physical construction assumed as a negatively
not important (-2) toward bacteriological profile in the project site.
6.2.3. OPERATIONAL PERIOD
During the operational period of the facility harbour infrastructure maintenance, e.g.
waste water management and product transportation are those among others which
may causing some negative impacts upon plankton, macrobenthos and nektonic
communities in the project site.
4.2.3.1. Plankton
The more the functioning of the ammonia nitrate facility the more frequents the
product shipment, which is estimated to be once or twice a week. As this is an
ample contribution for the moor to more rapidly get shallower, maintenance
dredging may thus take place more often. Silicon compounds as an anti-foam
agent in the cooling tower are relatively harmless for biotic communities. Yet,
the more important to deal with is the higher temperature delta (ca. 5°C) of
wastewater discharged from the cooling tower system. All these processes are
continual, as they are going to be for a long period, as long as the functioning
IV - 41
of the facility; therefore it is recognised as a chronic negative impact for
planktonic a community which is indeed moderate in quality (EQ 3).
The more the functioning of the ammonia nitrate facility the more frequent the
product shipments, which is estimated to be once or twice a week. As this is an
ample contribution for the moor to get shallower more rapidly, maintenance
dredging may thus to be taken place more often. If this so, the activity will
periodically changed water depth, bottom sediment profile and the variety of
sediment size – as such that it may change the direction of flow and strength of
the current – which means transporting a vast amount of water mass from its
previous hydrodynamics.
Routine waste resulted from increased shipment frequency along with warm
effluent (ca. 5°C higher than normal; 220m3.hour-1 or 5280m3.ay-1) coming from
wastewater system, turbulence, and wastewater load from joint activities in the
harbour, be evaluated as negatively important (-4) for planktonic organisms –
either phytoplankton, zooplankton, and larvae of non-planktonic organisms
(meroplankton).
Approximately, 11 – 20% of human population in the surroundings who work
as fishermen may undergo the indirect impact of warm water effluent and
components may get influenced since plankton is a primary producer in the
water body (-4). Impact may continue given that plant facility and the harbour
are functioning, but not cumulative (-2) as proven by variety and diversity of
planktonic organisms in PT PKT which has been operated for more than 30
years. Impact is therefore local and reversible (-2) provided that other
environmental components be properly managed in a sustainable way.
IV - 42
High turbidity due to the higher intensity of product shipment and/or
maintenance dredging, oil spill, wastewater of higher temperature, quality and
quantity of combined wastewater were identified to change the physical and
chemical properties of the water in the project site. Directly, those matters may
impede physiological and reproduction of macrobenthos in the bottom
sediment of the harbour. Indirectly, these may occur simultaneously with the
disappearance of planktonic life.
Habitat change is often fatal for this relatively immobile group of animals.
Moreover, warm water effluent, new species introduced if water ballast is not
properly dispose, oil spill, and change in physico-chemical of the water in
general are indicated to hamper the physiology and reproduction of this group.
Simultaneously, indirect impact may occur from the hold back of planktonic
communities which indeed is fairly moderate in quality and quantity (EQ 3).
Therefore, potential impacts that may occur during the operational period of
the facility and the harbour is evaluated as negatively important (-4) for
macrobenthic organisms in the site.
In approximate, 11 – 20% of human population in the surroundings are
fishermen, they may undergo the indirect impact of warm water effluent and
components may get affected since macrobenthos may be graded low
(herbivorous) or high (carnivorous) in the trophic pyramid (-3).
Impact may continue assuming that plant facility and the harbour are
functioning, but not cumulative (-2) since periodic maintenance in the harbour
may perform as a secondary succession agent for macrobenthic community.
Impact is therefore local and reversible (-2) provided that other environmental
IV - 43
components be properly managed in a sustainable way
4.2.3.3. Nekton
Higher intensity of product shipment and/or maintenance dredging, oil spill,
ballast water, wastewater of higher temperature, quality and quantity of
combined wastewater were recognized to restrain the amenity of nektonic
communities used to visit the harbour. Indirectly, it may affect through the
vanishing trophic levels at the bottom of trophic pyramid.
In the long run, ample depth of water column, amenity, and safety from
poaching and fishing in a restricted area, availability of various species of
plankton as nursing communities for nekton, strongly predicted to encourage
nekton to visit and live in the harbour as their sanctuary. In that view, by
applying proper management, then augmentation of shipment frequency along
with its associated activities, for example maintenance dredging, may comes
out as a positive impact (+3) for nektonic organisms; and in turn toward the
traditional fisheries outside the safety border of the harbour.
The impacts of maintenance dredging in the harbour, frequency of product
shipments, and warm wastewater of PT KNI assumed to be relatively
unimportant to the human population living nearby the project site (+1).
Ecologically, the impacts be reasonably important as it occur in a narrow space
(+2), moderately intense for long period, i.e. as long as the harbour, the facility,
and the wastewater system are in function (+4). A few other environmental
components may be affected (+1) considering that nekton is normally graded
high in the food pyramid. Negative impacts toward nekton may be cumulative
(-2) during land preparation period and physical construction of the facility, but
predicted to be recovered at the commencement of the operational period of
the facility (+3), i.e. with the condition that all other environmental components
be properly maintained. In other harbours of PT PKT, the quality and quantity
of nektonic organisms are satisfactory. This is inferred from the fact that fish
IV - 44
usually perform a homing behaviour to overcome worsened water quality. As a
result, operational of the facility which intensify shipment frequency, harbour
maintenance, and wastewater effluent categorised as a positive impact (+3)
for nekton in the harbour and the environs.
IV - 45
Study on Living Environmental Impact of Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT. KNI
6.3. SOCIAL-ECONOMIC-CULTURE COMPONENT
Land preparation phase activities include: (a) Survey and measurement (b) Land
procurement (c) Labour recruitment (d) equipment and material mobilization (e)
land clearing and (f) land preparation.
Significant impact sources in land
preparation phase are (1) Labour recruitment; (2) Land clearing, and (3) land
preparation.
The existing impacts and predicting impacts in land preparation phase are as
follows:
6.2.1.1. Demography
Impact on demography emerges due to labour recruitment activity for land
clearing and land preparation. Incoming labours from outside area will increase
population even though only temporarily, thus in-migration data will increase.
The incoming labours to the area will increase population which its density has
been high enough, even though possibly only temporarily. Since the impact will
occur temporarily and the numbers of labours recruited are not much, thus impact
can be categorized as insignificant negative impact.
6.2.1.2. Job Opportunity
Job opportunity will occur during land clearing and land preparation activities,
since there will be labour recruitment. The labours can come from the surrounding
project area, or from outside Bontang areas.
Considering on numbers of humans impacted, impact can be said significant due
to labours involved in the activities such as material (used for land filling) loading
and unloading in the quarry area, are quite high. Duration of impact is only
temporarily. Impact distribution is quite large since land clearing will lead to
disappearing mangrove and disturbing flora and fauna condition, thus will also
impact on fishery.
Based on explanation above, impact caused by land preparation on job
opportunity is categorized as positive significant impact.
VI - 50
6.2.1.3. Aesthetic and Amenity
Impact on aesthetic and amenity will emerge during equipment and material
mobilization. Material and equipment transported is potential to disturb community
amenity/convenience and environmental aesthetic. Emerging impact especially is
related to noise, vibration, increasing air pollution due to dust and vehicle
combustion, as well as transportation accidences. Impact occurs during
equipment
and
material
mobilization
to/from
project
location.
However,
considering quarry area are not so far from the project location and the
mobilization does not pass community settlement, the emerging impact can be
said as insignificant negative impact.
6.2.1.4. Community Unrest
Labour recruitment as well as equipment and material mobilization during PT KNI
location land preparation will emerge community unrest.
Equipment and material mobilization causing amenity disturbance due to heavy
transportation in the related project site will lead to community unrest.
Land clearing activity causing mangrove disappearing and environmental
disturbance due to mangrove functions as several biota’s habitat will also lead to
community unrest especially among NGO’ leaders in Loktuan.
Factory construction information has given expectation to community especially
those related to labour recruitment. On the other hands, labours recruitment has
also driven community unrest due to job opportunity uncertainties as well as
labour selection. Community unrest emerges as a result of their experience that
so far actually, a lot of labours coming from outside Bontang have been recruited
for construction and factories’ operation located in industrial complex of PKT.
Community unrest also emerges due to unclearness or not knowing about factory
product that is ammonium nitrate. Following table indicates 54% respondents
have known factory construction plan in their area, however they do not know the
“ammonium nitrate” terminology asked by the team of study.
VI - 51
Table 6.1.
Respondent Knowledge on Ammonium Nitrate Factory Construction Plan
No
Village
Know
Not know
Total
1. Guntung
12 (24%)
9 (18%)
21 (24%)
2. Loktuan
15 (30%)
14 (28%)
29 (24%)
Total
27 (54%)
23 (46%)
50 (100%)
Source: primary data, 2007
They only know that “explosive material” factory will be constructed in the location
adjacent to their area. Even, part of Guntung Village respondents whereas their
settlement is far enough from the project site have pronounced their worrying on
“explosive material”. The most worrying appears among Loktuan NGOs. They
worry about potential hazards of the “explosive material”, considering there will be
an accident causing explosion during production process that leads to
community’s jeopardy. They do not know that PT KNI only produce “explosive
material” used for “explosive” and not “explosive” itself. Moreover the information
is received especially from village officers and others (friends, relatives, and
neighbours from mouth to mouth).
In the end community unrest is potential to emerge community negative
perception in Guntung Village, and especially Loktuan Village which its location
closes to the project site. Thus emerging impact is characterized negative.
Considering a large numbers of community impacted, a large area of impact
distribution, and a long impact duration, emerging impact is categorized as
negative significant impact.
6.2.1.5. Perception
Community unrest will lead to community negative perception. The negative
perception emerges as a sequel impact due to labour recruitment, land clearing,
VI - 52
and land preparation activities those impact on amenity, job opportunity, and
followed by perception.
Negative perception also emerges due to inadequate information given to the
communities; they have not yet received socialization. Actually, positive impact will
emerge if the communities have received clear information about project activities
in viewing respondents are also stated about positive impacts possibly received
from the construction. Following table indicates community’s perception on positive
and negative impacts.
Table 6.2.
Respondent Perception on Positive Impact of Factory Construction in Their Area.
Positive Impact
Total
1
Job opportunity
39
2
Increasing public facility
25
3
Increasing earning
19
4
Others
17
Table 6.3.
Respondent Perception on Negative Impact of Factory Construction in Their Area.
Negative Impact
Total
1
Decreasing production
-
2
Decreasing earning
-
3
Environmental degradation
32
4
Others
12
Including in environmental degradation complained by the community is related to
the stink odour coming from the existing factories. They worry that such impact
will be more intensified by PT KNI activities. They also complain on noise and air
pollution that emerge due to existing transportation activities.
Land clearing and land preparation activities causing mangrove disappearing
VI - 53
have led to community’s complaint. Such complaint should be taken into account,
reasoning NGOs especially in Loktuan Village are actively announcing their
aspiration. One of Loktuan NGO leaders during interviewed, has said his regret
on 13 hectares mangrove clearing for PT KNI land reclamation purposes, and his
worries on the environmental impacted.
Such community’s unrests predicted will lead to community negative perception,
thus impact can be categorized as significant negative impact.
Construction phase activities include: (1) Labour recruitment, (2) equipment and
contraction material mobilization; (3) factory construction; and (4) labour and
material demobilization. The activities will impact on demography, job opportunity,
effort opportunity, earning, aesthetic and amenity, custom, community unrest, and
perception.
6.2.2.1. Demography
During construction, more labours will be needed. Labours will come both from
Bontang as well as outside Bontang. Labour recruitment will increase in-migration
numbers. Labour recruitment will be based on skill qualification including unskilled
labours. Those labours are possibly coming both from Bontang as well as outside
Bontang. However, due to the specific factory needs high skilled workers, the
factory will recruit workers from outside Bontang. Though the worker numbers will
not be high, impact on demography can be categorized as insignificant negative
impact.
6.2.2.2. Job Opportunity
Factory construction activity predicted will impact on community’s job opportunity
and potential to affect their livelihood. Guntung and Loktuan respondent majority
have various livelihoods. However, from resulted interview, the community
unemployed level is quite high, especially those with Junior/Senior high
education.
VI - 54
Thus, they expect that job opportunity will occur in parallel with the new factory
construction in their area. To be factory workers are communities’ hopes,
moreover the communities have seen existing factory workers and their families’
lifestyle that have much better welfare level. This condition emerges social
jealousy especially among original communities, while most of factory workers are
coming from outside Bontang.
Based on the explanation above, construction activities will cause positive
significant impact on job opportunity.
6.2.2.3. Effort Opportunity
Construction activities will cause positive and negative impacts on effort
opportunity. Impact will be positive if the construction provides effort opportunity to
local community such as efforts of food stall, small shop, ojek service, boarding
house etc. Negative if the construction cannot provide any effort opportunity to the
community. Positive and negative impact on effort opportunity will emerge
especially in service/informal sector.
Due to the construction phase will take long enough time, and will impact on
numbers of communities, impact can be categorized as positive significant
impact.
6.2.2.4. Earning
Positive impact on job and effort opportunities will lead to increasing community’s
earning and in the end will increase community’s welfare. Thus physically, daily
needs can be more fulfilled, and socially, the gotten job will increase their safety
feeling and will increase their selves esteem.
Based on the explanation above, impact can be categorized as positive
significant impact.
Equipment and construction material mobilization as well as demobilization will
impact on aesthetic and amenity, due to its potential in causing noise, vibration,
air pollution including dust, and possible traffic accident.
VI - 55
Thus impact can be categorized as negative significant impact.
6.2.2.6. Custom/Social Process
Construction phase activity will include labour recruitment both expert, skilled and
unskilled workers. This means labours will also come from outside Bontang and
due to different custom and behaviour will cause community’s social process
disturbance and leads to community’s dispute. Labour recruitment also can
emerge social jealousy. Thus impact can be categorized as negative significant
impact.
Disharmonies relation between out comers and local community will cause
community unrest, and leads to social conflict due to sociologically they are
different. Labour recruitment will also impact on community unrest if local labour
absorption process does not work well.
Occurring competition will also emerge social jealousy between local community
and out comers and lead to negative impact in the form of community unrest.
Community unrest also will emerge due to amenity disturbance caused by
equipment and construction material mobilization as well as demobilization.
Based on explanation above construction activities impact on community unrest
can be categorized as negative significant impact.
6.2.2.8. Community perception
Negative community perception emerges as a sequel impact from community’s
unrest. Community’s unrests especially those pronounced by Loktuan NGO
should take into account. Even though NGO numbers are small, however they
have nerves to pronounce protest and complaint openly.
Thus construction impact on community perception can be categorized as
VI - 56
Operation phase activities include (1) workers recruitment, (2) production process
(3) waste treatment, and (4) product shipping; and will impact on demography, job
and effort opportunity, earning, aesthetic and amenity, custom/social process,
community unrest and community perception.
6.2.3.1. Demography
Workers recruitment during operation activities will impact on demography. A
numbers of labour/workers will come to the area and will be living even only
temporarily. Impact will be more significant if the workers’ families also come to the
area. Incoming workers will impact to demography, population in the area will
increase.
Thus factory operation impacts on demography can be categorized as negative
significant impact.
6.2.3.2. Job opportunity
Labour recruitment, production process and product shipping will increase local
community job opportunity especially unskilled workers and middle skill workers.
This condition is expected by local community in Loktuan and Guntung due to
unemployed level is quite high in the area. If a lot of local workers absorbed
impact will be positive, on the other hands if numbers of workers absorbed is
small impact will be negative.
Thus, impact can be categorized as positive significant impact.
6.2.3.3. Job opportunity
For local community production process and product shipping activities can provide
job opportunity. They can work in informal/service sectors such as food stall, small
shop, ojek service, boarding house etc. Job opportunity will occur due to the
community can supply labours/workers needs.
Thus impact can be categorized as positive significant impact.
VI - 57
6.2.3.4. Earning
Production process, labours/workers recruitment and product shipping will impact
on community’s job opportunity and effort opportunity, in the end will impact on
community’s earning, especially individual and household level. This reason is
based on questionnaire results that are a lot of community have income < Rp
1,100,000/month or equal with Bontang City UMR.
Thus impact can be categorized as positive significant impact.
Principally, aesthetic disturbance emerges due to factory erection, the initial open
space green area changes to building covering area, moreover if in the factory
area there is not any green area.
The existing amenity disturbance occurs in the study area is ammoniac odour
coming from PKT area causing several communities dizziness or sometimes
causing vomiting. Their concern is the ammoniac odour will increase by the time
Ammonium Nitrate Factory of PT KNI operated.
Noise and dust are not their concerns however unsafe feeling due to “explosive
material” has much caused community’s inconvenience feeling.
Thus impact of factory operation on aesthetic and amenity can be categorized as
6.2.3.6. Custom/social Process
Incoming labours from outside Bontang is potential to cause community unrest
and social process crisis due to the incoming labours bring their own custom and
behaviour that probably different with local community’s.
Thus impact of factory operation on custom and social process can be categorized
as negative significant impact
Unrest will emerge in relation with local community’s job opportunity, effort
opportunity, earning, and amenity which are related to production process,
VI - 58
transportation (material transported to/from factory), pollution (odour, dust, noise),
and concern on explosion hazard.
Thus impact of factory operation on community unrest can be categorized as
6.2.3.8. Perception
Labours recruitment predicted will emerge positive perception in the circumstance
local community are many absorbed to work in various factory activities. On the
other hands labour recruitment will also emerge negative perception in the
circumstance numbers of in-migration are many recruited to work in the factory
activities, this will lead to social jealousy, and conflict in social process.
Community’s positive perception will also emerge in the circumstance their
aspirations are accommodated in factory operation especially in labour
recruitment and factory’s benefit on the community. From resulted interview with
community’s leaders especially Guntung Head Officer, they expect the factory
should have initiative to give helping/caring to the community and not due to
community’s proposes. However, the factory is impossible to recruit more local
workers concerning the job types will need high qualification workers. As a result,
factory will not give significant impact on decreasing unemployed community. This
will lead to community negative perception.
Thus impact of factory operation on community perception can be categorized as
negative significant impact
VI - 59
CHAPTER VII
SIGNIFICANT IMPACT EVALUATION
7.1. SIGNIFICANT IMPACT EVALUATION
Evaluation of significant impact on environmental component is holistically study
on various emerging significant impacts due to Ammonium Nitrate Factory
construction activity initiated by PT Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia (PT KNI). The
various significant impacts are investigated as an interrelated and inter-affected
unity, based on predicted significant impacts possibly emerge in the context of
spatial and temporal determination.
Resulted evaluation is used as a decision tool by responsible institution in
deciding environmental feasibility of the activity plan. Resulted evaluation on
large and significant impact is presented as significant impacts that must be
managed.
The existence of Ammonium Nitrate Factory construction activity plan located in
Guntung Village, North Bontang District, Bontang City will cause positive or
negative impact on environmental components. Significant impacts are evaluated
holistically based on activity description, living environmental initial condition, and
significant impact prediction.
To evaluate impact holistically, Fisher-Davies method is used. This method is
suitable used for dynamic and changing rapidly activities’ plan especially those
located in the city area. The method, principally, is comparing existing condition
(without project) to the future condition (with project) in the form of interaction
matrix between activity component and environmental component. Analyses
results using this method, then, is poured into the matrix of significant impact
evaluation results to show impact importance level required in Living
Environmental Management Plan (RKL) and Living Environmental Monitoring
Plan (RPL) arrangement
Environmental quality is reflected in the scales of environmental quality and
environmental importance. In the matrix, interaction between activity components
and environmental components is scaled by impact level and importance. Scale
Chapter VII : Significant Impact Evaluation
VII - 1
of impact level is based on the resulted field measurements, available
data/information, and/or the resulted calculation, followed by comparing them to
environmental standard level, or disturbance standard level. The importance of
impact is determined by scaling community interest on these environmental
qualities. From the total calculation, the change of environmental quality can be
determined both in the percentage as well as in the scale. In the circumstance of
future environmental quality percentage is larger than or the same with the initial
(without project) environmental quality, the activity still can be said as
environmentally feasible, however, several conditions must be fulfilled.
Significant impact is evaluated holistically referred to the criteria mentioned in
Government Regulation No. 27/1999:
1. The amount of impacted human,
2. The width of impact distribution area,
3. The impact intensity and duration,
4. The amount of impacted environmental components,
5. Cumulative impact characteristics,
6. Impact reversible/irreversible.
Impact level is divided into two categories, that is significant (P) and
insignificant (TP), impact characteristics is also divided into two categories, that
is positive (+) and negative (-).
Resulted significant impact holistically evaluated and must be managed are
presented on Table 7.1, Table 7.2, Table 7.3. and Table 7.4.
VII - 2
Table 7.1. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Geo-physic-chemistry Component Impact Characteristic and Importance
No
1
1.1
Activity Component Causing
Impact
GEO-PHYSIC-CHEMISTRY COMPONENT
Land preparation
Equipment and MaterialMobilization
Activity Phase
Land Clearing
Land Preparation
1.2.
Construction
Factory Construction
Chapter VII : Significant Imapact Evaluation
Impacted
Impact
Characteristic
Impact
Importance
Clarification
Air Quality
Noise
Hydro-oceanography
Soil Type
Air Quality
Noise
Water Quality
Air Quality
Noise
Water Quality
Hydro-oceanography
Topography and Morphology
Soil Type
Space Planning
Land use Planning
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Insignificant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Significant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Significant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Insignificant
Significant
Negative insignificant
Negative significant
Air quality
Noise
Air quality
Noise
Water quality
Space Planning
Land use Planning
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Insignificant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Insignificant
Significant
Insignificant
Significant
VII - 3
Continuation Table 7.1. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Geo-physic-chemistry Component Impact Characteristic and
Importance
No
1
1.3
Impact
GEO-PHYSIC-CHEMISTRY COMPONENT
Raw and supporting material
Operation
procurement
Production process
Activity Phase
Waste Treatment
Product Shipping
Impacted
Impact
Characteristic
Impact
Importance
Clarification
Emerging Garbage
Negative
Significant
Climate
Air quality
Noise
Water quality
Emerging Garbage
Hidrooseanografi
Water quality
Emerging Garbage
Hydro-oceanography
Noise
Hydro-oceanography
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Significant
Insignificant
Significant
VII - 4
Table 7.2. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Biology Component Impact Characteristic and Importance
No
2.
2.1.
2.2.
Impact
BIOLOGY COMPONENT
Land Preparation Labour Recruitment
Activity Phase
Construction
Impacted
Impact
Characteristic
Impact
Importance
Clarification
Water Microbe
Negative
Insignificant
Terrestrial Fauna
Negative
Insignificant
Land clearing
Terrestrial Fauna
Negative
Insignificant
Land Preparation
Terrestrial Fauna
Negative
Insignificant
Negative
Insignificant
Negative
Insignificant
Labour recruitment
Water Microbe
Negative
2.3.
Operation
Waste Treatment
Product Shipping
Plankton
Negative
Significant
Benthos
Negative
Significant
Nekton
Negative
Significant
Plankton
Negative
Significant
Benthos
Negative
Significant
Nekton
Negative
Significant
VII - 5
Table 7.3. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Social-economic-culture Impact Component Characteristic and Importance
No
3
3.1
Impact
SOCIAL-ECONOMIC-CULTURE COMPONENT
Land Preparation Labour recruitment
Activity Phase
Impact
Importance
Clarification
Positive
Significant
Positive significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Community Perception
Aesthetic and Amenity
Community Unrest
Negative
Negative
Negative
Significant
Insignificant
Significant
Negative
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Land Preparation
Job opportunity
Positive
Significant
Labour recruitment
Demography
Job opportunity
Negative
Positive
Insignificant
Significant
Effort Opportunity
Positive
Significant
Earning
Positive
Significant
Custom/Social Process
Negative
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Land Clearing
Construction
Impact
Characteristic
Job opportunity
3.2.
Impacted
VII - 6
Continuation Table 7.3. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Social-economic-culture Impact Component Characteristic and Importance
No
3
Impact
SOCIAL-ECONOMIC-CULTURE COMPONENT
Factory Construction
Activity Phase
Labour and Equipment
Demobilization
3.3
Operation
Labour recruitment
Production process
Impacted
Impact
Characteristic
Impact
Importance
Clarification
Job opportunity
Positive
Significant
Effort Opportunity
Positive
Significant
Earning
Positive
Significant
Negative
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Demography
Negative
Significant
Job opportunity
Positive
Significant
Effort Opportunity
Positive
Significant
Negative
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Job opportunity
Positive
Significant
Earning
Community Unrest
Positive
Negative
Negative
Significant
Insignificant
Significant
Negative
Significant
VII - 7
Table 7.4. Resulted Prediction Matrix of Community Health Component Impact Characteristic and Importance
No
3.3
4
4.1
4.2.
4.3
Activity Phase
Operation
Impact
Product Shipping
COMMUNITY HEALTH COMPONENT
Land Preparation Pembersihan Lahan
Construction
Operation
Pembangunan Pabrik
Production process
Impacted
Job Opportunity
Impact
Characteristic
Positive
Impact
Importance
Significant
Earning
Positive
Significant
Community Unrest
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Negatip Penting
Health Disturbance
Negative
Significant
Significant
Negative
Significant
Negative
Significant
Work Safety
Negative
Significant
Disease Pattern
Negative
Significant
Health Disturbance
Negative
Significant
Environmental Sanitation
Negative
Significant
Work Safety
Clarification
VII - 8
6.2. CHOOSING THE BEST ALTERNATIVE
Significant impact on living environment evaluation of a planned effort
and/or activity that is needed in decision process of holding effort and/or
activity has to be carried out. While several activities potential as impact
sources should have several alternatives, both that have been planned
since the beginning as well as have been resulted during study proceed.
In this environmental impact study of Ammonium Nitrate Plant will be
constructed in North Bontang District, Bontang City, East Kalimantan
Province initiated by PT. Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia, as environmental study
arranged as a part of feasibility studies (living environmental aspect), the
initiator does not have any location, design, and process alternatives as it is
presented in Chapter II. Thus the Activity Description presented in the
chapter is assumed as the best alternative.
However, besides technical and economical considerations, any living
environment consideration has also been integrated in choosing alternative
process. In alternative determination on this Chapter II, the decision of
chosen alternative has been confirmed that is also considering and applying
pollution control principles in the environmental management reference.
6.3. EVALUATION AS MANAGEMENT BASE
Based on significant impact that must be managed presented on Table 7.1–
Table 7.4. , living environmental management direction for each activity phase of
ammonium nitrate factory construction is arranged. Detail living environmental
management direction is presented on Table 7.5, Table 7.6., 7.7. and Table 7.8.
Chapter VI : Significant Impact Evaluation
VI - 9
6.4. RECOMENDATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL FEASIBILITY EVALUATION
Significant impact evaluation process to holistically investigate the tendencies of
significant impact of all activity components on all environmental components
and sub components in fact has found several limitations in interpretation
calculation results that are approached semi quantitatively for environmental
feasibility decision.
The first limitation; in the condition using 6 criteria of impact importance based on
Government Regulation No. 27/1999 or Decree of Head of the Environmental
Impact Management Board Number KEP-056/BAPEDAL/1994, the criteria
cannot be operated in large and important impact evaluation holistically. Several
addition criteria have to be used in each impact importance level criterion,
environmental quality scale criterion, and impact importance level decision
process criterion. Legally, these addition criteria have not yet been decided,
therefore, several scientific optional are used in alternative criteria, thus, the
results probably will vary among the researchers.
The second limitation; after deciding impact importance level of each activity
component or environmental component, the following step is still needed to
decide importance level of all activity components on all environmental
components and/or vice versa. The impact importance level regulation of large
and important impacts caused by certain activity has not yet been decided
specifically. Therefore, several scientific optional are used in alternative criteria,
thus, the results probably will vary among the researchers.
The third limitation; the criteria used in conversion of environmental parameter
values to environmental quality scale, impact importance level, and susceptibility
level on environmental management are utilizing non-ordinal numeric (Leopold
scale and/or Liechert scale). Such results are only numerically/statistically
significant, however, the results cannot significantly picture the environmental
conditions which are ecologically complex, and their environmental gradations
are not sufficient if only represented by non-ordinal numeric scales. The fourth
limitation; the results which are approached semi quantitatively to determine
environmental change holistically due to activity that will be planned in certain
ecosystem, are still needed subsequent interpretation. Bias is commonly
occurred in determining criteria value agreement or in the interpretation process
VI - 10
of final conclusion scale. The change gradation of environmental quality or
ecology change gradient is quite humbling if only represented by value change in
non-ordinal numeric scale.
The fifth limitation; only environmental standard level or disturbance standard
level of observable and measurable environmental parameters including its
availability quantitative unit and measurement instrument can be determined.
However, other environmental parameters, even biota condition parameter, their
quantitative magnitudes interpretation are not significant at all in the
circumstance of the occurring community structure difference or local specific
environmental characteristics. Thus, value of the same parameters will not
warrant to also representing the same ecology quality conditions.
Several parameters not fully measurable, such as socio-culture condition, using
non-ordinal numeric is only presser with the purpose of data can be statistically
analyses and look like as quantitative data.
The limitations mentioned above, factually and significantly are common to be
found in this environmental study, which are legally scenario as an input to
environmental feasibility decision process of activity plan on its surrounding living
environment.
Concerning such limitations and method limitation used and adopted in this
study, hence, referred to resulting significant impact holistically evaluation of
Ammonium Nitrate Factory PT Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia construction activity plan
in North Bontang District, Bontang City, East Kalimantan Province initiated by PT
Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia, will increase living environmental quality percentage
without any increasing living environmental quality scale, therefore the activity
plan can be explained as conditional environmentally feasible.
In this study, holistically impact evaluation of all significant impacts has resulted
conditional environmental feasibility decisions (only and if only). Positive impact
can be reached only and if only PT Kaltim Nitrate Indonesia as the activity
initiator conducts living environmental management and monitoring plans
recommended in Environmental Management Plan (RKL) and Environmental
Monitoring Plan (RPL) documents.
VI - 11
Table 7.5. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Geo-Physic-Component
No
Impacted
Impact
Environmental Management Direction
I
Land Preparation
1.
Dust
• Land clearing
• Land preparation
• Watering regularly to anticipate emerging dust.
• Maintaining truck machine used for transporting material and heavy
duty material to decrease dust.
• Constructing fence border in the project site to decrease dust
distribution.
2.
Hydro-oceanography
• Seawater turbidity
• Shore abrasion
• Installing filter in waterway mouth from land filling area to drainage in
the side of land filling
• Constructing slope slightly in the shore and compacting soil in this
shore.
3.
Morphology
• Emerging slope
• Disappearing coastal marsh
• Constructing terrace ring and slope resulted from digging should be
maximum of 1 : 2
• Constructing drainage directed to existing main drainage.
4.
Soil type due to decreasing soil
carrying capacity caused by land
filled with other soil
• Constructing embankment/barrier in the shore as a border of filling
• Installing geotextile before filling
• Filling done layer by layer with compaction in optimum water
concentration
5.
Land use planning due to shifting
usage
• Land clearing
• Planting vegetation as soon as possible in the planned green area
VII - 13
Continuation Table 7.5 Eenvironmental Management Direction Matrix of Geo-Physic-Component
No
Impacted
Impact
II
Construction
1.
Dust
• Equipment and construction
material mobilization
• Labour and equipment
demobilization
• Watering regularly to anticipate emerging dust.
• Maintaining truck machine used for transporting material and heavy
duty material to decrease dust.
distribution.
2.
Water quality due to suspended
solid (ZPT)
• Factory construction activity
• Constructing retention pond to decrease solid material going to
seawater.
• Constructing drainage in the surrounding project site.
distribution.
3.
Land use planning due to shifting
usage
• Factory building and its
supporting building
construction
• Built area maximum 40 % of area width
• Planting vegetation as wider as can in the leftover open area
III
Operation
1.
Climate
• Production process
• Keeping operation condition appropriate with recommended
procedure.
• Maintaining processing machines suitable with maintenance schedule.
• Doing inspection routinely in order to keep the equipment work well.
VII - 14
Continuation Table 7.5. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Geo-Physic-Component
No
Impacted
Impact
2.
Air quality due to gaseous waste
emission
• Waste treatment
• Maintaining processing machines suitable with maintenance schedule.
• Doing inspection routinely in order to keep the equipment work well.
• Making green belt in project location border.
3.
Noise level changed
Operating production process
equipment
• Using ear plug or ear muff in process production
4.
Decreasing water quality due to
production process wastewater
generating and waste treatment.
• Discharging production
process wastewater
Emerging garbage due to domestic
and process activity
• Raw material and
supporting material
procurement
• Wastewater treatment suitable with procedure in order to comply with
standard.
• Assessing wastewater periodically to know occurring wastewater
fluctuation
1. Domestic solid waste :
• Managed by collecting firstly in the litter container before dumped to
land fill (TPA)
• Paper and cartoon managed by sold them to collector due to it can be
recycled
5.
• Waste treatment
2. Process solid waste
used catalyst :
• Collected suitable with its characteristic,
• Packaged in drum and labelled,
• Stored in suitable and safe place,
• Managed suitable with toxic and hazardous waste procedure.
VII - 15
No
Impacted
III
Operation
5.
Garbage due to domestic and
process activity
Impact
• Raw material and
supporting material
procurement
• Waste treatment
Inert material (plastic) containing nitrate
• Packaged as minimum as can, wash with water to diminish nitrate
contaminant until < 100 mg/L,
• Sent to suitable location by environmental licensed waste contractor.
Lilamine bag
• Washed until clean
• Sent to land fill (TPA).
Empty drum
• Washed until clean,
Managed suitable with toxic and hazardous waste procedure
Coating Agent
• Collecting and dumping by licensed contractor
Filter
• Washed and taken the existing contaminant,
• Managed by waste contractor
Ammonium nitrate bag
• ,Managed by waste contractor
• Wastewater treatment suitable with procedure in order to comply with
standard.
• Assessing wastewater periodically to know occurring wastewater
fluctuation
VII - 16
No
6.
Impacted
Hydro-oceanography
• Increasing seawater
temperature
• Shore abrasion
Impact
• Product shipping activity
• Constructing open waterways from the factory directing to the sea
outlet, in order to cool water naturally during contacting with the
atmosphere
• Constructing slope slightly in the shore and compacting soil in this
shore
• Constructing retaining wall
VII - 17
Table 7.6. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Biology Component
No
III
1.
2.
Impacted
Operation
Decreasing plankton and macro
benthos quality and quantity due to
decreasing water quality
Decreasing nekton quality and
quantity due to decreasing water
quality
Impact
• Increasing wharf operation
to accommodate PT KNI
product shipping (1-2 kali
per week)
• Higher water temperature
delta as PT KNI caloric
waste (about 5°C, quantity
220m3.hour-1 or 5280m3.day1)
• Suitable with water physical-chemistry and hydro-oceanography quality
management
• Keeping local environment sanitation through managing greasy wastes
dumping (daily cleaning of ship, equipment, waste lubricant, use
packaging) and domestic garbage (MCK, food packaging, workshop
equipment, clothing and work pack laundry) not directly discharged to
the seawater
• Avoiding hypoxic bottom water in wharf area
• Applying recent standard on domestic and industrial wastes
• Increasing wharf operation
to accommodate PT KNI
product shipping (1-2 kali
per week)
• Higher water temperature
delta as PT KNI caloric
waste (about 5°C, quantity
220m3.hour-1 or 5280m3.day1)
• Suitable with water physical-chemistry and hydro-oceanography quality
management
• Keeping local environment sanitation through managing greasy wastes
dumping (daily cleaning of ship, equipment, waste lubricant, use
packaging) and domestic garbage (MCK, food packaging, workshop
equipment, clothing and work pack laundry) not directly discharged to
the seawater
• Avoiding hypoxic bottom water in wharf area
• Applying recent standard on domestic and industrial wastes
VII - 18
Table 7.7. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Social-economic-culture Component
No
I
1.
2.
Impacted
Land Preparation
Emerging local community job
opportunity due to labour
recruitment activity
Community unrest
• Community negative attitude on
the ammonium nitrate explosion
possibility
job opportunity uncertainty
• High technology that requiring
worker qualification
Impact
• Labour recruitment and land
clearing activities
• Labour recruitment and land
preparation activities
• Land clearing and land
preparation activities
• Community concern on
ammonium nitrate
explosion hazard
• Community concern that
labour recruitment will not
accommodate local labour,
• Adoption of high technology
high capital
• Giving job opportunity information
• Considering local labour
Minimization through information system and community communication
VII - 19
Continuation Table 7.7. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Social-economic-culture Component
No
I
3.
II
1.
Impacted
Land preparation
mangrove clearing for factory
location
the ammonium nitrate explosion
possibility
job opportunity uncertainty
• High technology that requiring
worker qualification
Construction
Demography
• Increasing in-migration
• Increasing population density
• Increasing public facility need
• Increasing service effort in
informal sector
Impact
• Land preparation and land
clearing
• Labour recruitment
Minimizing unrest and emerging positive perception through information
system and good communication with the community, such as conducting
socialization
Labour recruitment for factory
construction
Information system and good communication with the community.
VII - 20
No
II
Impacted
Impact
Construction
Labour recruitment for equipment
and material mobilization, factory
construction, and equipment
demobilization.
Labour recruitment activity
causing increasing job
opportunity
• Giving information on labour recruitment clearly and transparently
• Providing job opportunity and local labour recruitment suitable with
construction activity
3.
Emerging effort opportunity and
increasing effort volume
Job opportunity and service in
the surrounding project
Increasing positive impact of construction activity to local community
4.
Increasing earning due to factory
construction
Considering job and effort opportunity to local community
5.
Aesthetic and amenity
• Heavy transportation causing
aesthetic and amenity
disturbance
Local labour recruitment for
construction activity and
service
Labour recruitment for
equipment and material
mobilization, factory
construction, and equipment
demobilization.
2.
Worker shifting schedule, using heavy duty during day time
VII - 21
No
II
6.
7.
Impacted
Construction
Custom/Social process
• Difference chance on job
opportunity due to various
community education
background and skill
• Different custom and behaviour
between local community and
incoming labours
• Competition among migrant
groups brought family/friends
Community unrest
• Negative attitude due to lesser
local community job opportunity,
• Negative attitude due to custom
and behaviour differences
• Negative attitude due to amenity
disturbance
Impact
Occurring social gaps among
local communities, as well as
local communities and
incoming workers
• Transparency recruitment to avoid social conflict
• Considering local community absorption
• Limitation incoming labours
• Concerning on labour
recruitment will not
accommodate local
community
• Unrest due to different
custom and behaviour
• Amenity disturbance due to
mobilization and
demobilization of equipment
and material
Minimizing unrest through information system and communication with
community
VII - 22
No
Impacted
II
8.
Construction
• Community unsatisfied on local
labour absorption
• Negative attitude due to different
custom and behaviour between
local community and incoming
labours
• Unrest due to amenity
disturbance
III
Operation
Demography
• Increasing in-migration
• increasing population density
• Increasing effort opportunity in
informal sector.
• Public facility needs
1.
Impact
• Factory operation activity
causing negative perception
on “explosive material”.
• Labour recruitment causing
social jealousy.
• Amenity disturbance
• Minimizing unrest and emerging positive perception through
information system and good communication with the community, such
as conducting socialization
• Scheduling heavy duty working time
Labour recruitment for factory
operation and product shipping
• Minimizing through information system and good communication with
the community, such as conducting socialization
VII - 23
No
III
2.
Impacted
Operation
Labour recruitment
Impact
• Labour recruitment based
on qualification
• Labour recruitment will
increase effort opportunity
especially various service in
informal sector.
• Unemployed level change
Providing job opportunity and local labour absorption suitable with factory
needs.
VII - 24
No
III
3.
Impacted
Operation
Job opportunity
4.
Earning management
• Family Welfare change (earning
and budget)
5.
Decreasing amenity due to
decreasing air quality, noise level,
and stinky odour, and potential
explosion
Impact
Labour recruitment causing
effort opportunity especially
service effort
Factory operation
directly/indirectly causing
alteration in community
economic
Production process
directly/indirectly causing
amenity disturbance and
ammonium nitrate potential
hazard
Providing local community job opportunity
Community Development programme
Information programme on factory operation and its relation with safety
system on impact of ammonium nitrate hazard
VII - 25
No
III
6.
7.
Impacted
Operation
Community unrest
explosion hazard of ammonium
nitrate especially those living
close to the factory
• Community negative attitude
due to lesser job opportunity
due to lesser effort opportunity
due to decreasing amenity
explosion hazard of ammonium
nitrate especially those living
close to the factory
due to lesser job opportunity
Impact
Information programme on factory operation especially those related to
• Concerning on ammonium
safety and factory product
nitrate explosion hazard.
• Labour recruitment does not
consider local labour
absorption
• Amenity disturbance due to
factory operation activity
• Factory operation causing
community negative
perception on explosion
hazard.
• Labour recruitment causing
social jealousy
Minimizing negative perception through system information and
communication with the community
VII - 26
Table 7.8. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Community Health Component
No
Impacted
I
Land preparation
1.
Community health disturbance
II
Construction
1.
Work accident
III
Operation
1.
Work safety for factory workers
Impact
Dust caused by land
preparation activity
• Socialization on health disturbance due to dust and its management.
• Regular watering to anticipate dust.
• Maintaining heavy duty machines used for land preparation to decrease
gaseous waste emission
• Constructing buffer to minimize dust
Factory construction
• Regular training on self safety during emergency time
• Giving information to worker in order to always wear safety work such
as shoes, helmet, etc.
• Installing signs in work place area
• Evaluation and medication as soon as possible in the case of occurring
accident
• Constructing building suitable with standard operating procedure
(SOP).
Factory operation activities
• Giving information of PT KNI environmental management activity,
giving information on self protection equipment (APD) and followed by
evaluation of wearing the APD in the field.
• Regular training on self safety during emergency time in the factory as
well as in project location
VII - 27
Continuation Table 7.8. Environmental Management Direction Matrix of Community Health Component
No
Impacted
Impact
III
Operation
2.
Shifting of disease pattern,
increasing chronic inhalation
tractus disease
Production process
3.
Health disturbance
• Impact of long term and
continuing exposure on factory
workers
Factory Activity operation
phase
4.
Environmental Sanitation
• Production activity cusing
decreasing water quality
• Domestic (household)
waste dumping
• Decreasing production process gaseous emision through operation
process recondition.
• Decreasing gaseous waste emision to ambient by planting wider leaf
vegetation.
• Worker health disturbance identification, preventing health disturbance,
and managing helath disturbance.
• Giving information of PT KNI environmental management activity,
information of healthy life pattern, and factory environment sanitation to
workers.
• Regular management on work health complaint and disease incidence
• Using ergonomic working tools to prevent possibly anatomic
disturbance.
• Worker health check up through physical examination, radiology, and
clinical laboratory.
• Carrying out controlling and maintaining process suitable with SOP
• Dumping Solid garbage (domestic / household) to land fill. .
VII - 28

environmental impact analysis - AGA

Transcription

Similar documents

Jam Tasting Presentation

Mil / Aero Specsheet

36-40 - Ambush Mag

KRS Bearing

Alliance Aluminum Extrusions

Handloading the FN 5.7x28mm

Cymphonix Network Composer

Strategies for Reducing Nitrate Leaching from Irrigated Potato

Porsgrund - Norway House